1  "T () the twentieth letter of the English alphabet, is a nonvocal consonant. With the letter h it forms the digraph th, which has two distinct sounds, as in thin, then. See Guide to Pronunciation, //262-264, and also //153, 156, 169, 172, 176, 178-180."
   2  
   3  Ta (v. t.) To take.
   4  
   5  Taas (n.) A heap. See Tas.
   6  
   7  Tab (n.) The flap or latchet of a shoe fastened with a string or a buckle.
   8  
   9  "Tab (n.) A tag. See Tag, 2."
  10  
  11  Tab (n.) A loop for pulling or lifting something.
  12  
  13  "Tab (n.) A border of lace or other material, worn on the inner front edge of ladies' bonnets."
  14  
  15  "Tab (n.) A loose pendent part of a lady's garment; esp., one of a series of pendent squares forming an edge or border."
  16  
  17  Tabacco (n.) Tobacco.
  18  
  19  "Tabanus (n.) A genus of blood sucking flies, including the horseflies."
  20  
  21  "Tabard (n.) A sort of tunic or mantle formerly worn for protection from the weather. When worn over the armor it was commonly emblazoned with the arms of the wearer, and from this the name was given to the garment adopted for heralds."
  22  
  23  Tabarder (n.) One who wears a tabard.
  24  
  25  "Tabarder (n.) A scholar on the foundation of Queen's College, Oxford, England, whose original dress was a tabard."
  26  
  27  "Tabaret (n.) A stout silk having satin stripes, -- used for furniture."
  28  
  29  "Tabasheer (n.) A concretion in the joints of the bamboo, which consists largely or chiefly of pure silica. It is highly valued in the East Indies as a medicine for the cure of bilious vomitings, bloody flux, piles, and various other diseases."
  30  
  31  "Tabbinet (n.) A fabric like poplin, with a watered surface."
  32  
  33  Tabbies (pl. ) of Tabby
  34  
  35  "Tabby (n.) A kind of waved silk, usually called watered silk, manufactured like taffeta, but thicker and stronger. The watering is given to it by calendering."
  36  
  37  "Tabby (n.) A mixture of lime with shells, gravel, or stones, in equal proportions, with an equal proportion of water. When dry, this becomes as hard as rock."
  38  
  39  "Tabby (n.) A brindled cat; hence, popularly, any cat."
  40  
  41  Tabby (n.) An old maid or gossip.
  42  
  43  "Tabby (a.) Having a wavy or watered appearance; as, a tabby waistcoat."
  44  
  45  "Tabby (a.) Brindled; diversified in color; as, a tabby cat."
  46  
  47  Tabbied (imp. & p. p.) of Tabby
  48  
  49  Tabbying (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Tabby
  50  
  51  "Tabby (v. t.) To water; to cause to look wavy, by the process of calendering; to calender; as, to tabby silk, mohair, ribbon, etc."
  52  
  53  Tabefaction (n.) A wasting away; a gradual losing of flesh by disease.
  54  
  55  Tabefied (imp. & p. p.) of Tabefy
  56  
  57  Tabefying (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Tabefy
  58  
  59  "Tabefy (v. t.) To cause to waste gradually, to emaciate."
  60  
  61  "Tabellion (n.) A secretary or notary under the Roman empire; also, a similar officer in France during the old monarchy."
  62  
  63  Taber (v. i.) Same as Tabor.
  64  
  65  Taberd (n.) See Tabard.
  66  
  67  "Tabernacle (n.) A slightly built or temporary habitation; especially, a tent."
  68  
  69  "Tabernacle (n.) A portable structure of wooden framework covered with curtains, which was carried through the wilderness in the Israelitish exodus, as a place of sacrifice and worship."
  70  
  71  "Tabernacle (n.) Hence, the Jewish temple; sometimes, any other place for worship."
  72  
  73  "Tabernacle (n.) Figuratively: The human body, as the temporary abode of the soul."
  74  
  75  "Tabernacle (n.) Any small cell, or like place, in which some holy or precious things was deposited or kept."
  76  
  77  "Tabernacle (n.) The ornamental receptacle for the pyx, or for the consecrated elements, whether a part of a building or movable."
  78  
  79  "Tabernacle (n.) A niche for the image of a saint, or for any sacred painting or sculpture."
  80  
  81  "Tabernacle (n.) Hence, a work of art of sacred subject, having a partially architectural character, as a solid frame resting on a bracket, or the like."
  82  
  83  Tabernacle (n.) A tryptich for sacred imagery.
  84  
  85  "Tabernacle (n.) A seat or stall in a choir, with its canopy."
  86  
  87  "Tabernacle (n.) A boxlike step for a mast with the after side open, so that the mast can be lowered to pass under bridges, etc."
  88  
  89  Tabernacled (imp. & p. p.) of Tabernacle
  90  
  91  Tabernacling (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Tabernacle
  92  
  93  Tabernacle (v. i.) To dwell or reside for a time; to be temporary housed.
  94  
  95  "Tabernacular (a.) Of or pertaining to a tabernacle, especially the Jewish tabernacle."
  96  
  97  Tabernacular (a.) Formed in latticework; latticed.
  98  
  99  "Tabernacular (a.) Of or pertaining to huts or booths; hence, common; low."
 100  
 101  "Tabes (n.) Progressive emaciation of the body, accompained with hectic fever, with no well-marked logical symptoms."
 102  
 103  "Tabescent (a.) Withering, or wasting away."
 104  
 105  Tabetic (a.) Of or pertaining to tabes; of the nature of tabes; affected with tabes; tabid.
 106  
 107  Tabetic (n.) One affected with tabes.
 108  
 109  Tabid (a.) Affected by tabes; tabetic.
 110  
 111  Tabific (a.) Alt. of Tabifical
 112  
 113  Tabifical (a.) Producing tabes; wasting; tabefying.
 114  
 115  Tabinet (n.) See Tabbinet.
 116  
 117  "Tablature (n.) A painting on a wall or ceiling; a single piece comprehended in one view, and formed according to one design; hence, a picture in general."
 118  
 119  Tablature (n.) An ancient mode of indicating musical sounds by letters and other signs instead of by notes.
 120  
 121  "Tablature (n.) Division into plates or tables with intervening spaces; as, the tablature of the cranial bones."
 122  
 123  "Table (n.) A smooth, flat surface, like the side of a board; a thin, flat, smooth piece of anything; a slab."
 124  
 125  "Table (n.) A thin, flat piece of wood, stone, metal, or other material, on which anything is cut, traced, written, or painted; a tablet"
 126  
 127  Table (n.) a memorandum book.
 128  
 129  "Table (n.) Any smooth, flat surface upon which an inscription, a drawing, or the like, may be produced."
 130  
 131  "Table (n.) Hence, in a great variety of applications: A condensed statement which may be comprehended by the eye in a single view; a methodical or systematic synopsis; the presentation of many items or particulars in one group; a scheme; a schedule."
 132  
 133  "Table (n.) A view of the contents of a work; a statement of the principal topics discussed; an index; a syllabus; a synopsis; as, a table of contents."
 134  
 135  "Table (n.) A list of substances and their properties; especially, a list of the elementary substances with their atomic weights, densities, symbols, etc."
 136  
 137  "Table (n.) Any collection and arrangement in a condensed form of many particulars or values, for ready reference, as of weights, measures, currency, specific gravities, etc.; also, a series of numbers following some law, and expressing particular values corresponding to certain other numbers on which they depend, and by means of which they are taken out for use in computations; as, tables of logarithms, sines, tangents, squares, cubes, etc.; annuity tables; interest tables; astronomical tables, etc."
 138  
 139  Table (n.) The arrangement or disposition of the lines which appear on the inside of the hand.
 140  
 141  "Table (n.) An article of furniture, consisting of a flat slab, board, or the like, having a smooth surface, fixed horizontally on legs, and used for a great variety of purposes, as in eating, writing, or working."
 142  
 143  "Table (n.) Hence, food placed on a table to be partaken of; fare; entertainment; as, to set a good table."
 144  
 145  Table (n.) The company assembled round a table.
 146  
 147  "Table (n.) One of the two, external and internal, layers of compact bone, separated by diploe, in the walls of the cranium."
 148  
 149  "Table (n.) A stringcourse which includes an offset; esp., a band of stone, or the like, set where an offset is required, so as to make it decorative. See Water table."
 150  
 151  Table (n.) The board on the opposite sides of which backgammon and draughts are played.
 152  
 153  "Table (n.) One of the divisions of a backgammon board; as, to play into the right-hand table."
 154  
 155  Table (n.) The games of backgammon and of draughts.
 156  
 157  Table (n.) A circular plate of crown glass.
 158  
 159  "Table (n.) The upper flat surface of a diamond or other precious stone, the sides of which are cut in angles."
 160  
 161  "Table (n.) A plane surface, supposed to be transparent and perpendicular to the horizon; -- called also perspective plane."
 162  
 163  Table (n.) The part of a machine tool on which the work rests and is fastened.
 164  
 165  Tableed (imp. & p. p.) of Table
 166  
 167  Tableing (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Table
 168  
 169  "Table (v. t.) To form into a table or catalogue; to tabulate; as, to table fines."
 170  
 171  "Table (v. t.) To delineate, as on a table; to represent, as in a picture."
 172  
 173  Table (v. t.) To supply with food; to feed.
 174  
 175  "Table (v. t.) To insert, as one piece of timber into another, by alternate scores or projections from the middle, to prevent slipping; to scarf."
 176  
 177  "Table (v. t.) To lay or place on a table, as money."
 178  
 179  "Table (v. t.) In parliamentary usage, to lay on the table; to postpone, by a formal vote, the consideration of (a bill, motion, or the like) till called for, or indefinitely."
 180  
 181  "Table (v. t.) To enter upon the docket; as, to table charges against some one."
 182  
 183  Table (v. t.) To make board hems in the skirts and bottoms of (sails) in order to strengthen them in the part attached to the boltrope.
 184  
 185  Table (v. i.) To live at the table of another; to board; to eat.
 186  
 187  Tableaux (pl. ) of Tableau
 188  
 189  Tableau (n.) A striking and vivid representation; a picture.
 190  
 191  "Tableau (n.) A representation of some scene by means of persons grouped in the proper manner, placed in appropriate postures, and remaining silent and motionless."
 192  
 193  Tableaux vivants (pl. ) of Tableau vivant
 194  
 195  "Tableau vivant () Same as Tableau, n., 2."
 196  
 197  Tablebook (n.) A tablet; a notebook.
 198  
 199  "Tablecloth (n.) A cloth for covering a table, especially one with which a table is covered before the dishes, etc., are set on for meals."
 200  
 201  Tables d'hote (pl. ) of Table d'hote
 202  
 203  Table d'hote () A common table for guests at a hotel; an ordinary.
 204  
 205  "Table-land (n.) A broad, level, elevated area of land; a plateau."
 206  
 207  Tablemen (pl. ) of Tableman
 208  
 209  "Tableman (n.) A man at draughts; a piece used in playing games at tables. See Table, n., 10."
 210  
 211  Tablement (n.) A table.
 212  
 213  Tabler (n.) One who boards.
 214  
 215  Tabler (n.) One who boards others for hire.
 216  
 217  "Tablespoon (n.) A spoon of the largest size commonly used at the table; -- distinguished from teaspoon, dessert spoon, etc."
 218  
 219  Tablespoonfuls (pl. ) of Tablespoonful
 220  
 221  "Tablespoonful (n.) As much as a tablespoon will hold; enough to fill a tablespoon. It is usually reckoned as one half of a fluid ounce, or four fluid drams."
 222  
 223  Tablet (n.) A small table or flat surface.
 224  
 225  "Tablet (n.) A flat piece of any material on which to write, paint, draw, or engrave; also, such a piece containing an inscription or a picture."
 226  
 227  "Tablet (n.) Hence, a small picture; a miniature."
 228  
 229  Tablet (n.) A kind of pocket memorandum book.
 230  
 231  "Tablet (n.) A flattish cake or piece; as, tablets of arsenic were formerly worn as a preservative against the plague."
 232  
 233  "Tablet (n.) A solid kind of electuary or confection, commonly made of dry ingredients with sugar, and usually formed into little flat squares; -- called also lozenge, and troche, especially when of a round or rounded form."
 234  
 235  "Tableware (n.) Ware, or articles collectively, for table use."
 236  
 237  Tabling (n.) A forming into tables; a setting down in order.
 238  
 239  "Tabling (n.) The letting of one timber into another by alternate scores or projections, as in shipbuilding."
 240  
 241  Tabling (n.) A broad hem on the edge of a sail.
 242  
 243  Tabling (n.) Board; support.
 244  
 245  "Tabling (n.) Act of playing at tables. See Table, n., 10."
 246  
 247  "Taboo (n.) A total prohibition of intercourse with, use of, or approach to, a given person or thing under pain of death, -- an interdict of religious origin and authority, formerly common in the islands of Polynesia; interdiction."
 248  
 249  Tabooed (imp. & p. p.) of Taboo
 250  
 251  Tabooing (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Taboo
 252  
 253  "Taboo (v. t.) To put under taboo; to forbid, or to forbid the use of; to interdict approach to, or use of; as, to taboo the ground set apart as a sanctuary for criminals."
 254  
 255  "Tabor (n.) A small drum used as an accompaniment to a pipe or fife, both being played by the same person."
 256  
 257  Tabored (imp. & p. p.) of Tabor
 258  
 259  Taboring (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Tabor
 260  
 261  "Tabor (v. i.) To play on a tabor, or little drum."
 262  
 263  Tabor (v. i.) To strike lightly and frequently.
 264  
 265  Tabor (v. t.) To make (a sound) with a tabor.
 266  
 267  Taborer (n.) One who plays on the tabor.
 268  
 269  Taboret (n.) A small tabor.
 270  
 271  "Taborine (n.) A small, shallow drum; a tabor."
 272  
 273  "Taborite (n.) One of certain Bohemian reformers who suffered persecution in the fifteenth century; -- so called from Tabor, a hill or fortress where they encamped during a part of their struggles."
 274  
 275  Tabour (n. & v.) See Tabor.
 276  
 277  Tabouret (n.) Same as Taboret.
 278  
 279  "Tabouret (n.) A seat without arms or back, cushioned and stuffed: a high stool; -- so called from its resemblance to a drum."
 280  
 281  Tabouret (n.) An embroidery frame.
 282  
 283  Tabrere (n.) A taborer.
 284  
 285  Tabret (n.) A taboret.
 286  
 287  Tabu (n. & v.) See Taboo.
 288  
 289  Tabulae (pl. ) of Tabula
 290  
 291  Tabula (n.) A table; a tablet.
 292  
 293  Tabula (n.) One of the transverse plants found in the calicles of certain corals and hydroids.
 294  
 295  "Tabular (a.) Having the form of, or pertaining to, a table (in any of the uses of the word)."
 296  
 297  "Tabular (a.) Having a flat surface; as, a tabular rock."
 298  
 299  Tabular (a.) Formed into a succession of flakes; laminated.
 300  
 301  Tabular (a.) Set in squares.
 302  
 303  "Tabular (a.) Arranged in a schedule; as, tabular statistics."
 304  
 305  "Tabular (a.) Derived from, or computed by, the use of tables; as, tabular right ascension."
 306  
 307  "Tabularization (n.) The act of tabularizing, or the state of being tabularized; formation into tables; tabulation."
 308  
 309  Tabularized (imp. & p. p.) of Tabularize
 310  
 311  Tabularizing (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Tabularize
 312  
 313  Tabularize (v. t.) To tabulate.
 314  
 315  Tabulata (n. pl.) An artificial group of stony corals including those which have transverse septa in the calicles. The genera Pocillopora and Favosites are examples.
 316  
 317  Tabulated (imp. & p. p.) of Tabulate
 318  
 319  Tabulating (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Tabulate
 320  
 321  Tabulate (v. t.) To form into a table or tables; to reduce to tables or synopses.
 322  
 323  Tabulate (v. t.) To shape with a flat surface.
 324  
 325  "Tabulation (n.) The act of forming into a table or tables; as, the tabulation of statistics."
 326  
 327  Tac (n.) A kind of customary payment by a tenant; -- a word used in old records.
 328  
 329  Tacamahac (n.) Alt. of Tacamahaca
 330  
 331  "Tacamahaca (n.) A bitter balsamic resin obtained from tropical American trees of the genus Elaphrium (E. tomentosum and E. Tacamahaca), and also from East Indian trees of the genus Calophyllum; also, the resinous exhudation of the balsam poplar."
 332  
 333  "Tacamahaca (n.) Any tree yielding tacamahac resin, especially, in North America, the balsam poplar, or balm of Gilead (Populus balsamifera)."
 334  
 335  "Tacaud (n.) The bib, or whiting pout."
 336  
 337  "Tace (n.) The cross, or church, of St. Antony. See Illust. (6), under Cross, n."
 338  
 339  Tace (n.) See Tasse.
 340  
 341  Tacet (v.impers.) It is silent; -- a direction for a vocal or instrumental part to be silent during a whole movement.
 342  
 343  Tache (n.) Something used for taking hold or holding; a catch; a loop; a button.
 344  
 345  "Tache (n.) A spot, stain, or blemish."
 346  
 347  Tachhydrite (n.) A hydrous chloride of calcium and magnesium occurring in yellowish masses which rapidly deliquesce upon exposure. It is found in the salt mines at Stassfurt.
 348  
 349  Tachinae (pl. ) of Tachina
 350  
 351  Tachina (n.) Any one of numerous species of Diptera belonging to Tachina and allied genera. Their larvae are external parasites of other insects.
 352  
 353  "Tachometer (n.) An instrument for measuring the velocity, or indicating changes in the velocity, of a moving body or substance."
 354  
 355  "Tachometer (n.) An instrument for measuring the velocity of running water in a river or canal, consisting of a wheel with inclined vanes, which is turned by the current. The rotations of the wheel are recorded by clockwork."
 356  
 357  "Tachometer (n.) An instrument for showing at any moment the speed of a revolving shaft, consisting of a delicate revolving conical pendulum which is driven by the shaft, and the action of which by change of speed moves a pointer which indicates the speed on a graduated dial."
 358  
 359  Tachometer (n.) An instrument for measuring the velocity of the blood; a haematachometer.
 360  
 361  Tachydidaxy (n.) A short or rapid method of instructing.
 362  
 363  Tachyglossa (n. pl.) A division of monotremes which comprises the spiny ant-eaters of Australia and New Guinea. See Illust. under Echidna.
 364  
 365  Tachygraphic (a.) Alt. of Tachygraphical
 366  
 367  Tachygraphical (a.) Of or pertaining to tachygraphy; written in shorthand.
 368  
 369  Tachygraphy (n.) The art or practice of rapid writing; shorthand writing; stenography.
 370  
 371  Tachylyte (n.) A vitreous form of basalt; -- so called because decomposable by acids and readily fusible.
 372  
 373  "Tacit (a.) Done or made in silence; implied, but not expressed; silent; as, tacit consent is consent by silence, or by not interposing an objection."
 374  
 375  Taciturn (a.) Habitually silent; not given to converse; not apt to talk or speak.
 376  
 377  "Taciturnity (n.) Habilual silence, or reserve in speaking."
 378  
 379  Tack (n.) A stain; a tache.
 380  
 381  "Tack (n.) A peculiar flavor or taint; as, a musty tack."
 382  
 383  "Tack (n.) A small, short, sharp-pointed nail, usually having a broad, flat head."
 384  
 385  "Tack (n.) That which is attached; a supplement; an appendix. See Tack, v. t., 3."
 386  
 387  "Tack (v. t.) A rope used to hold in place the foremost lower corners of the courses when the vessel is closehauled (see Illust. of Ship); also, a rope employed to pull the lower corner of a studding sail to the boom."
 388  
 389  "Tack (v. t.) The part of a sail to which the tack is usually fastened; the foremost lower corner of fore-and-aft sails, as of schooners (see Illust. of Sail)."
 390  
 391  "Tack (v. t.) The direction of a vessel in regard to the trim of her sails; as, the starboard tack, or port tack; -- the former when she is closehauled with the wind on her starboard side; hence, the run of a vessel on one tack; also, a change of direction."
 392  
 393  "Tack (v. t.) A contract by which the use of a thing is set, or let, for hire; a lease."
 394  
 395  Tack (v. t.) Confidence; reliance.
 396  
 397  Tacked (imp. & p. p.) of Tack
 398  
 399  Tacking (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Tack
 400  
 401  Tack (v. t.) To fasten or attach.
 402  
 403  "Tack (v. t.) Especially, to attach or secure in a slight or hasty manner, as by stitching or nailing; as, to tack together the sheets of a book; to tack one piece of cloth to another; to tack on a board or shingle; to tack one piece of metal to another by drops of solder."
 404  
 405  "Tack (v. t.) In parliamentary usage, to add (a supplement) to a bill; to append; -- often with on or to."
 406  
 407  "Tack (v. t.) To change the direction of (a vessel) when sailing closehauled, by putting the helm alee and shifting the tacks and sails so that she will proceed to windward nearly at right angles to her former course."
 408  
 409  "Tack (v. i.) To change the direction of a vessel by shifting the position of the helm and sails; also (as said of a vessel), to have her direction changed through the shifting of the helm and sails. See Tack, v. t., 4."
 410  
 411  Tacker (n.) One who tacks.
 412  
 413  "Tacket (n.) A small, broad-headed nail."
 414  
 415  Tackey (a. & n.) See Tacky.
 416  
 417  "Tacking (n.) A union of securities given at different times, all of which must be redeemed before an intermediate purchaser can interpose his claim."
 418  
 419  "Tackle (n.) Apparatus for raising or lowering heavy weights, consisting of a rope and pulley blocks; sometimes, the rope and attachments, as distinct from the block."
 420  
 421  "Tackle (n.) Any instruments of action; an apparatus by which an object is moved or operated; gear; as, fishing tackle, hunting tackle; formerly, specifically, weapons."
 422  
 423  "Tackle (n.) The rigging and apparatus of a ship; also, any purchase where more than one block is used."
 424  
 425  Tackled (imp. & p. p.) of Tackle
 426  
 427  Tackling (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Tackle
 428  
 429  Tackle (n.) To supply with tackle.
 430  
 431  "Tackle (n.) To fasten or attach, as with a tackle; to harness; as, to tackle a horse into a coach or wagon."
 432  
 433  "Tackle (n.) To seize; to lay hold of; to grapple; as, a wrestler tackles his antagonist; a dog tackles the game."
 434  
 435  "Tackle (n.) To begin to deal with; as, to tackle the problem."
 436  
 437  Tackled (a.) Made of ropes tacked together.
 438  
 439  "Tackling (n.) Furniture of the masts and yards of a vessel, as cordage, sails, etc."
 440  
 441  "Tackling (n.) Instruments of action; as, fishing tackling."
 442  
 443  "Tackling (n.) The straps and fixures adjusted to an animal, by which he draws a carriage, or the like; harness."
 444  
 445  Tacksmen (pl. ) of Tacksman
 446  
 447  "Tacksman (n.) One who holds a tack or lease from another; a tenant, or lessee."
 448  
 449  "Tacky (a.) Sticky; adhesive; raw; -- said of paint, varnish, etc., when not well dried."
 450  
 451  "Taconic (a.) Designating, or pertaining to, the series of rocks forming the Taconic mountains in Western New England. They were once supposed to be older than the Cambrian, but later proved to belong to the Lower Silurian and Cambrian."
 452  
 453  Tact (n.) The sense of touch; feeling.
 454  
 455  Tact (n.) The stroke in beating time.
 456  
 457  Tact (n.) Sensitive mental touch; peculiar skill or faculty; nice perception or discernment; ready power of appreciating and doing what is required by circumstances.
 458  
 459  Tactable (a.) Capable of being touched; tangible.
 460  
 461  Tactic (a.) Alt. of Tactical
 462  
 463  Tactical (a.) Of or pertaining to the art of military and naval tactics.
 464  
 465  Tactic (n.) See Tactics.
 466  
 467  "Tactician (n.) One versed in tactics; hence, a skillful maneuverer; an adroit manager."
 468  
 469  "Tactics (n.) The science and art of disposing military and naval forces in order for battle, and performing military and naval evolutions. It is divided into grand tactics, or the tactics of battles, and elementary tactics, or the tactics of instruction."
 470  
 471  "Tactics (n.) Hence, any system or method of procedure."
 472  
 473  "Tactile (a.) Of or pertaining to the organs, or the sense, of touch; perceiving, or perceptible, by the touch; capable of being touched; as, tactile corpuscles; tactile sensations."
 474  
 475  Tactility (n.) The quality or state of being tactile; perceptibility by touch; tangibleness.
 476  
 477  Taction (n.) The act of touching; touch; contact; tangency.
 478  
 479  Tactless (a.) Destitute of tact.
 480  
 481  "Tactual (a.) Of or pertaining to the sense, or the organs, of touch; derived from touch."
 482  
 483  "Tadpole (n.) The young aquatic larva of any amphibian. In this stage it breathes by means of external or internal gills, is at first destitute of legs, and has a finlike tail. Called also polliwig, polliwog, porwiggle, or purwiggy."
 484  
 485  Tadpole (n.) The hooded merganser.
 486  
 487  Taedium (n.) See Tedium.
 488  
 489  "Tael (n.) A denomination of money, in China, worth nearly six shillings sterling, or about a dollar and forty cents; also, a weight of one ounce and a third."
 490  
 491  Taen () Alt. of Ta'en
 492  
 493  "Ta'en () p. p. of Ta, to take, or a contraction of Taken."
 494  
 495  Taeniae (pl. ) of Taenia
 496  
 497  Taenia (n.) A genus of intestinal worms which includes the common tapeworms of man. See Tapeworm.
 498  
 499  Taenia (n.) A band; a structural line; -- applied to several bands and lines of nervous matter in the brain.
 500  
 501  "Taenia (n.) The fillet, or band, at the bottom of a Doric frieze, separating it from the architrave."
 502  
 503  Taeniada (n. pl.) Same as Taenioidea.
 504  
 505  "Taeniata (n. pl.) A division of Ctenophora including those which have a long, ribbonlike body. The Venus's girdle is the most familiar example."
 506  
 507  Taenidia (pl. ) of Taenidium
 508  
 509  Taenidium (n.) The chitinous fiber forming the spiral thread of the tracheae of insects. See Illust. of Trachea.
 510  
 511  "Taenioglossa (n. pl.) An extensive division of gastropod mollusks in which the odontophore is long and narrow, and usually bears seven rows of teeth. It includes a large number of families both marine and fresh-water."
 512  
 513  Taenioglossate (a.) Of or pertaining to the Taenioglossa.
 514  
 515  Taenioid (a.) Ribbonlike; shaped like a ribbon.
 516  
 517  Taenioid (a.) Like or pertaining to Taenia.
 518  
 519  Taenioidea (n. pl.) The division of cestode worms which comprises the tapeworms. See Tapeworm.
 520  
 521  Taeniolae (pl. ) of Taeniola
 522  
 523  Taeniola (n.) One of the radial partitions which separate the internal cavities of certain medusae.
 524  
 525  "Taeniosomi (n. pl.) An order of fishes remarkable for their long and compressed form. The ribbon fishes are examples. See Ribbon fish, under Ribbon."
 526  
 527  Tafferer (n.) See Taffrail.
 528  
 529  Taffeta (n.) Alt. of Taffety
 530  
 531  "Taffety (n.) A fine, smooth stuff of silk, having usually the wavy luster called watering. The term has also been applied to different kinds of silk goods, from the 16th century to modern times."
 532  
 533  "Taffrail (n.) The upper part of a ship's stern, which is flat like a table on the top, and sometimes ornamented with carved work; the rail around a ship's stern."
 534  
 535  Taffy (n.) A kind of candy made of molasses or brown sugar boiled down and poured out in shallow pans.
 536  
 537  Taffy (n.) Flattery; soft phrases.
 538  
 539  Tafia (n.) A variety of rum.
 540  
 541  "Tag (n.) Any slight appendage, as to an article of dress; something slight hanging loosely; specifically, a direction card, or label."
 542  
 543  "Tag (n.) A metallic binding, tube, or point, at the end of a string, or lace, to stiffen it."
 544  
 545  "Tag (n.) The end, or catchword, of an actor's speech; cue."
 546  
 547  Tag (n.) Something mean and paltry; the rabble.
 548  
 549  Tag (n.) A sheep of the first year.
 550  
 551  "Tag (n.) A sale of usually used items (such as furniture, clothing, household items or bric-a-brac), conducted by one or a small group of individuals, at a location which is not a normal retail establishment."
 552  
 553  Tagged (imp. & p. p.) of Tag
 554  
 555  Tagging (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Tag
 556  
 557  "Tag (v. t.) To fit with, or as with, a tag or tags."
 558  
 559  Tag (v. t.) To join; to fasten; to attach.
 560  
 561  "Tag (v. t.) To follow closely after; esp., to follow and touch in the game of tag. See Tag, a play."
 562  
 563  "Tag (v. i.) To follow closely, as it were an appendage; -- often with after; as, to tag after a person."
 564  
 565  "Tag (v.) A child's play in which one runs after and touches another, and then runs away to avoid being touched."
 566  
 567  Tagbelt (n.) Same as Tagsore.
 568  
 569  "Tagger (n.) One who, or that which, appends or joins one thing to another."
 570  
 571  Tagger (n.) That which is pointed like a tag.
 572  
 573  Tagger (n.) Sheets of tin or other plate which run below the gauge.
 574  
 575  Tagger (n.) A device for removing taglocks from sheep.
 576  
 577  Taglet (n.) A little tag.
 578  
 579  Taglia (n.) A peculiar combination of pulleys.
 580  
 581  "Tagliacotain (a.) Of or pertaining to Tagliacozzi, a Venetian surgeon; as, the Tagliacotian operation, a method of rhinoplasty described by him."
 582  
 583  "Taglioni (n.) A kind of outer coat, or overcoat; -- said to be so named after a celebrated Italian family of professional dancers."
 584  
 585  "Taglock (n.) An entangled lock, as of hair or wool."
 586  
 587  Tagnicate (n.) The white-lipped peccary.
 588  
 589  "Tag-rag (n. & a.) The lowest class of people; the rabble. Cf. Rag, tag, and bobtail, under Bobtail."
 590  
 591  Tagsore (n.) Adhesion of the tail of a sheep to the wool from excoriation produced by contact with the feces; -- called also tagbelt.
 592  
 593  Tagtail (n.) A worm which has its tail conspicuously colored.
 594  
 595  Tagtail (n.) A person who attaches himself to another against the will of the latter; a hanger-on.
 596  
 597  "Taguan (n.) A large flying squirrel (Pteromys petuarista). Its body becomes two feet long, with a large bushy tail nearly as long."
 598  
 599  Taguicati (n.) The white-lipped peccary.
 600  
 601  Taha (n.) The African rufous-necked weaver bird (Hyphantornis texor).
 602  
 603  Tahaleb (n.) A fox (Vulpes Niloticus) of Northern Africa.
 604  
 605  "Tahitian (a.) Of or pertaining to Tahiti, an island in the Pacific Ocean."
 606  
 607  Tahitian (n.) A native inhabitant of Tahiti.
 608  
 609  Tahr (n.) Same as Thar.
 610  
 611  Tail (n.) Limitation; abridgment.
 612  
 613  "Tail (a.) Limited; abridged; reduced; curtailed; as, estate tail."
 614  
 615  "Tail (n.) The terminal, and usually flexible, posterior appendage of an animal."
 616  
 617  "Tail (n.) Any long, flexible terminal appendage; whatever resembles, in shape or position, the tail of an animal, as a catkin."
 618  
 619  "Tail (n.) Hence, the back, last, lower, or inferior part of anything, -- as opposed to the head, or the superior part."
 620  
 621  Tail (n.) A train or company of attendants; a retinue.
 622  
 623  "Tail (n.) The side of a coin opposite to that which bears the head, effigy, or date; the reverse; -- rarely used except in the expression ""heads or tails,"" employed when a coin is thrown up for the purpose of deciding some point by its fall."
 624  
 625  Tail (n.) The distal tendon of a muscle.
 626  
 627  Tail (n.) A downy or feathery appendage to certain achenes. It is formed of the permanent elongated style.
 628  
 629  "Tail (n.) A portion of an incision, at its beginning or end, which does not go through the whole thickness of the skin, and is more painful than a complete incision; -- called also tailing."
 630  
 631  Tail (n.) One of the strips at the end of a bandage formed by splitting the bandage one or more times.
 632  
 633  "Tail (n.) A rope spliced to the strap of a block, by which it may be lashed to anything."
 634  
 635  Tail (n.) The part of a note which runs perpendicularly upward or downward from the head; the stem.
 636  
 637  "Tail (n.) Same as Tailing, 4."
 638  
 639  "Tail (n.) The bottom or lower portion of a member or part, as a slate or tile."
 640  
 641  "Tail (n.) See Tailing, n., 5."
 642  
 643  "Tail (v. t.) To follow or hang to, like a tail; to be attached closely to, as that which can not be evaded."
 644  
 645  Tail (v. t.) To pull or draw by the tail.
 646  
 647  Tail (v. i.) To hold by the end; -- said of a timber when it rests upon a wall or other support; -- with in or into.
 648  
 649  "Tail (v. i.) To swing with the stern in a certain direction; -- said of a vessel at anchor; as, this vessel tails down stream."
 650  
 651  Tailage (n.) See Tallage.
 652  
 653  "Tail-bay (n.) One of the joists which rest one end on the wall and the other on a girder; also, the space between a wall and the nearest girder of a floor. Cf. Case-bay."
 654  
 655  Tail-bay (n.) The part of a canal lock below the lower gates.
 656  
 657  "Tailblock (n.) A block with a tail. See Tail, 9."
 658  
 659  "Tailboard (n.) The board at the rear end of a cart or wagon, which can be removed or let down, for convenience in loading or unloading."
 660  
 661  "Tailed (a.) Having a tail; having (such) a tail or (so many) tails; -- chiefly used in composition; as, bobtailed, longtailed, etc."
 662  
 663  Tailing (n.) The part of a projecting stone or brick inserted in a wall.
 664  
 665  "Tailing (n.) Same as Tail, n., 8 (a)."
 666  
 667  Tailing (n.) Sexual intercourse.
 668  
 669  Tailing (n.) The lighter parts of grain separated from the seed threshing and winnowing; chaff.
 670  
 671  "Tailing (n.) The refuse part of stamped ore, thrown behind the tail of the buddle or washing apparatus. It is dressed over again to secure whatever metal may exist in it. Called also tails."
 672  
 673  Taille (n.) A tally; an account scored on a piece of wood.
 674  
 675  "Taille (n.) Any imposition levied by the king, or any other lord, upon his subjects."
 676  
 677  "Taille (n.) The French name for the tenor voice or part; also, for the tenor viol or viola."
 678  
 679  Tailless (a.) Having no tail.
 680  
 681  Taillie (n.) Same as Tailzie.
 682  
 683  "Tailor (n.) One whose occupation is to cut out and make men's garments; also, one who cuts out and makes ladies' outer garments."
 684  
 685  Tailor (n.) The mattowacca; -- called also tailor herring.
 686  
 687  Tailor (n.) The silversides.
 688  
 689  Tailor (n.) The goldfish.
 690  
 691  Tailored (imp. & p. p.) of Tailor
 692  
 693  Tailoring (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Tailor
 694  
 695  Tailor (v. i.) To practice making men's clothes; to follow the business of a tailor.
 696  
 697  Tailoress (n.) A female tailor.
 698  
 699  Tailoring (adv.) The business or the work of a tailor or a tailoress.
 700  
 701  Tailpiece (n.) A piece at the end; an appendage.
 702  
 703  "Tailpiece (n.) One of the timbers which tail into a header, in floor framing. See Illust. of Header."
 704  
 705  "Tailpiece (n.) An ornament placed at the bottom of a short page to fill up the space, or at the end of a book."
 706  
 707  "Tailpiece (n.) A piece of ebony or other material attached to the lower end of a violin or similar instrument, to which the strings are fastened."
 708  
 709  Tailpin (n.) The center in the spindle of a turning lathe.
 710  
 711  "Tailrace (n.) See Race, n., 6."
 712  
 713  "Tailrace (n.) The channel in which tailings, suspended in water, are conducted away."
 714  
 715  "Tailstock (n.) The sliding block or support, in a lathe, which carries the dead spindle, or adjustable center. The headstock supports the live spindle."
 716  
 717  Tail-water (n.) Water in a tailrace.
 718  
 719  "Tailzie (n.) An entailment or deed whereby the legal course of succession is cut off, and an arbitrary one substituted."
 720  
 721  "Tain (n.) Thin tin plate; also, tin foil for mirrors."
 722  
 723  "Taint (n.) A thrust with a lance, which fails of its intended effect."
 724  
 725  "Taint (n.) An injury done to a lance in an encounter, without its being broken; also, a breaking of a lance in an encounter in a dishonorable or unscientific manner."
 726  
 727  Tainted (imp. & p. p.) of Taint
 728  
 729  Tainting (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Taint
 730  
 731  Taint (v. i.) To thrust ineffectually with a lance.
 732  
 733  "Taint (v. t.) To injure, as a lance, without breaking it; also, to break, as a lance, but usually in an unknightly or unscientific manner."
 734  
 735  "Taint (v. t.) To hit or touch lightly, in tilting."
 736  
 737  "Taint (v. t.) To imbue or impregnate with something extraneous, especially with something odious, noxious, or poisonous; hence, to corrupt; to infect; to poison; as, putrid substance taint the air."
 738  
 739  Taint (v. t.) Fig.: To stain; to sully; to tarnish.
 740  
 741  Taint (v. i.) To be infected or corrupted; to be touched with something corrupting.
 742  
 743  "Taint (v. i.) To be affected with incipient putrefaction; as, meat soon taints in warm weather."
 744  
 745  Taint (n.) Tincture; hue; color; tinge.
 746  
 747  Taint (n.) Infection; corruption; deprivation.
 748  
 749  Taint (n.) A blemish on reputation; stain; spot; disgrace.
 750  
 751  Taintless (a.) Free from taint or infection; pure.
 752  
 753  Taintlessly (adv.) In a taintless manner.
 754  
 755  Tainture (n.) Taint; tinge; difilement; stain; spot.
 756  
 757  Taintworm (n.) A destructive parasitic worm or insect larva.
 758  
 759  Taira (n.) Same as Tayra.
 760  
 761  Tairn (n.) See Tarn.
 762  
 763  "Tait (n.) A small nocturnal and arboreal Australian marsupial (Tarsipes rostratus) about the size of a mouse. It has a long muzzle, a long tongue, and very few teeth, and feeds upon honey and insects. Called also noolbenger."
 764  
 765  Tajacu (n.) Alt. of Tajassu
 766  
 767  "Tajassu (n.) The common, or collared, peccary."
 768  
 769  Take (p. p.) Taken.
 770  
 771  Took (imp.) of Take
 772  
 773  Takend (p. p.) of Take
 774  
 775  Taking (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Take
 776  
 777  "Take (v. t.) In an active sense; To lay hold of; to seize with the hands, or otherwise; to grasp; to get into one's hold or possession; to procure; to seize and carry away; to convey."
 778  
 779  "Take (v. t.) To obtain possession of by force or artifice; to get the custody or control of; to reduce into subjection to one's power or will; to capture; to seize; to make prisoner; as, to take am army, a city, or a ship; also, to come upon or befall; to fasten on; to attack; to seize; -- said of a disease, misfortune, or the like."
 780  
 781  Take (v. t.) To gain or secure the interest or affection of; to captivate; to engage; to interest; to charm.
 782  
 783  "Take (v. t.) To make selection of; to choose; also, to turn to; to have recourse to; as, to take the road to the right."
 784  
 785  "Take (v. t.) To employ; to use; to occupy; hence, to demand; to require; as, it takes so much cloth to make a coat."
 786  
 787  "Take (v. t.) To form a likeness of; to copy; to delineate; to picture; as, to take picture of a person."
 788  
 789  Take (v. t.) To draw; to deduce; to derive.
 790  
 791  "Take (v. t.) To assume; to adopt; to acquire, as shape; to permit to one's self; to indulge or engage in; to yield to; to have or feel; to enjoy or experience, as rest, revenge, delight, shame; to form and adopt, as a resolution; -- used in general senses, limited by a following complement, in many idiomatic phrases; as, to take a resolution; I take the liberty to say."
 792  
 793  "Take (v. t.) To lead; to conduct; as, to take a child to church."
 794  
 795  "Take (v. t.) To carry; to convey; to deliver to another; to hand over; as, he took the book to the bindery."
 796  
 797  "Take (v. t.) To remove; to withdraw; to deduct; -- with from; as, to take the breath from one; to take two from four."
 798  
 799  "Take (v. t.) In a somewhat passive sense, to receive; to bear; to endure; to acknowledge; to accept."
 800  
 801  "Take (v. t.) To accept, as something offered; to receive; not to refuse or reject; to admit."
 802  
 803  "Take (v. t.) To receive as something to be eaten or dronk; to partake of; to swallow; as, to take food or wine."
 804  
 805  "Take (v. t.) Not to refuse or balk at; to undertake readily; to clear; as, to take a hedge or fence."
 806  
 807  "Take (v. t.) To bear without ill humor or resentment; to submit to; to tolerate; to endure; as, to take a joke; he will take an affront from no man."
 808  
 809  "Take (v. t.) To admit, as, something presented to the mind; not to dispute; to allow; to accept; to receive in thought; to entertain in opinion; to understand; to interpret; to regard or look upon; to consider; to suppose; as, to take a thing for granted; this I take to be man's motive; to take men for spies."
 810  
 811  "Take (v. t.) To accept the word or offer of; to receive and accept; to bear; to submit to; to enter into agreement with; -- used in general senses; as, to take a form or shape."
 812  
 813  "Take (v. i.) To take hold; to fix upon anything; to have the natural or intended effect; to accomplish a purpose; as, he was inoculated, but the virus did not take."
 814  
 815  Take (v. i.) To please; to gain reception; to succeed.
 816  
 817  "Take (v. i.) To move or direct the course; to resort; to betake one's self; to proceed; to go; -- usually with to; as, the fox, being hard pressed, took to the hedge."
 818  
 819  "Take (v. i.) To admit of being pictured, as in a photograph; as, his face does not take well."
 820  
 821  "Take (n.) That which is taken; especially, the quantity of fish captured at one haul or catch."
 822  
 823  Take (n.) The quantity or copy given to a compositor at one time.
 824  
 825  Take-in (n.) Imposition; fraud.
 826  
 827  Taken () p. p. of Take.
 828  
 829  "Take-off (n.) An imitation, especially in the way of caricature."
 830  
 831  Taker (n.) One who takes or receives; one who catches or apprehends.
 832  
 833  "Take-up (n.) That which takes up or tightens; specifically, a device in a sewing machine for drawing up the slack thread as the needle rises, in completing a stitch."
 834  
 835  Taking (a.) Apt to take; alluring; attracting.
 836  
 837  Taking (a.) Infectious; contageous.
 838  
 839  Taking (n.) The act of gaining possession; a seizing; seizure; apprehension.
 840  
 841  Taking (n.) Agitation; excitement; distress of mind.
 842  
 843  Taking (n.) Malign influence; infection.
 844  
 845  "Taking-off (n.) Removal; murder. See To take off (c), under Take, v. t."
 846  
 847  "Talapoin (n.) A small African monkey (Cercopithecus, / Miopithecus, talapoin) -- called also melarhine."
 848  
 849  "Talaria (n. pl.) Small wings or winged shoes represented as fastened to the ankles, -- chiefly used as an attribute of Mercury."
 850  
 851  "Talbot (n.) A sort of dog, noted for quick scent and eager pursuit of game."
 852  
 853  Talbotype (n.) Same as Calotype.
 854  
 855  "Talc (n.) A soft mineral of a soapy feel and a greenish, whitish, or grayish color, usually occurring in foliated masses. It is hydrous silicate of magnesia. Steatite, or soapstone, is a compact granular variety."
 856  
 857  Talcose (a.) Alt. of Talcous
 858  
 859  "Talcous (a.) Of or pertaining to talc; composed of, or resembling, talc."
 860  
 861  Tale (n.) See Tael.
 862  
 863  Tale (v. i.) That which is told; an oral relation or recital; any rehearsal of what has occured; narrative; discourse; statement; history; story.
 864  
 865  "Tale (v. i.) A number told or counted off; a reckoning by count; an enumeration; a count, in distinction from measure or weight; a number reckoned or stated."
 866  
 867  Tale (v. i.) A count or declaration.
 868  
 869  Tale (v. i.) To tell stories.
 870  
 871  "Talebearer (n.) One who officiously tells tales; one who impertinently or maliciously communicates intelligence, scandal, etc., and makes mischief."
 872  
 873  Talebearing (a.) Telling tales officiously.
 874  
 875  "Talebearing (n.) The act of informing officiously; communication of sectrts, scandal, etc., maliciously."
 876  
 877  Taled (n.) A kind of quadrangular piece of cloth put on by the Jews when repeating prayers in the synagogues.
 878  
 879  Taleful (a.) Full of stories.
 880  
 881  Talegalla (n.) A genus of Australian birds which includes the brush turkey. See Brush turkey.
 882  
 883  "Talent (v. t.) Among the ancient Greeks, a weight and a denomination of money equal to 60 minae or 6,000 drachmae. The Attic talent, as a weight, was about 57 lbs. avoirdupois; as a denomination of silver money, its value was ?243 15s. sterling, or about $1,180."
 884  
 885  "Talent (v. t.) Among the Hebrews, a weight and denomination of money. For silver it was equivalent to 3,000 shekels, and in weight was equal to about 93/ lbs. avoirdupois; as a denomination of silver, it has been variously estimated at from ?340 to ?396 sterling, or about $1,645 to $1,916. For gold it was equal to 10,000 gold shekels."
 886  
 887  Talent (v. t.) Inclination; will; disposition; desire.
 888  
 889  "Talent (v. t.) Intellectual ability, natural or acquired; mental endowment or capacity; skill in accomplishing; a special gift, particularly in business, art, or the like; faculty; a use of the word probably originating in the Scripture parable of the talents (Matt. xxv. 14-30)."
 890  
 891  Talented (a.) Furnished with talents; possessing skill or talent; mentally gifted.
 892  
 893  "Tales (n.) Persons added to a jury, commonly from those in or about the courthouse, to make up any deficiency in the number of jurors regularly summoned, being like, or such as, the latter."
 894  
 895  Tales (syntactically sing.) The writ by which such persons are summoned.
 896  
 897  Talesmen (pl. ) of Talesman
 898  
 899  Talesman (n.) A person called to make up a deficiency in the number of jurors when a tales is awarded.
 900  
 901  "Taleteller (n.) One who tells tales or stories, especially in a mischievous or officious manner; a talebearer; a telltale; a tattler."
 902  
 903  Talewise (adv.) In a way of a tale or story.
 904  
 905  Taliacotian (a.) See Tagliacotian.
 906  
 907  Taliation (n.) Retaliation.
 908  
 909  Talion (n.) Retaliation.
 910  
 911  Talipes (n.) The deformity called clubfoot. See Clubfoot.
 912  
 913  "Talipot (n.) A beautiful tropical palm tree (Corypha umbraculifera), a native of Ceylon and the Malabar coast. It has a trunk sixty or seventy feet high, bearing a crown of gigantic fan-shaped leaves which are used as umbrellas and as fans in ceremonial processions, and, when cut into strips, as a substitute for writing paper."
 914  
 915  Talismans (pl. ) of Talisman
 916  
 917  "Talisman (n.) A magical figure cut or engraved under certain superstitious observances of the configuration of the heavens, to which wonderful effects are ascribed; the seal, figure, character, or image, of a heavenly sign, constellation, or planet, engraved on a sympathetic stone, or on a metal corresponding to the star, in order to receive its influence."
 918  
 919  "Talisman (n.) Hence, something that produces extraordinary effects, esp. in averting or repelling evil; an amulet; a charm; as, a talisman to avert diseases."
 920  
 921  Talismanic (a.) Alt. of Talismanical
 922  
 923  "Talismanical (a.) Of or pertaining to a talisman; having the properties of a talisman, or preservative against evils by occult influence; magical."
 924  
 925  Talked (imp. & p. p.) of Talk
 926  
 927  Talking (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Talk
 928  
 929  "Talk (n.) To utter words; esp., to converse familiarly; to speak, as in familiar discourse, when two or more persons interchange thoughts."
 930  
 931  Talk (n.) To confer; to reason; to consult.
 932  
 933  Talk (n.) To prate; to speak impertinently.
 934  
 935  "Talk (v. t.) To speak freely; to use for conversing or communicating; as, to talk French."
 936  
 937  "Talk (v. t.) To deliver in talking; to speak; to utter; to make a subject of conversation; as, to talk nonsense; to talk politics."
 938  
 939  "Talk (v. t.) To consume or spend in talking; -- often followed by away; as, to talk away an evening."
 940  
 941  Talk (v. t.) To cause to be or become by talking.
 942  
 943  "Talk (n.) The act of talking; especially, familiar converse; mutual discourse; that which is uttered, especially in familiar conversation, or the mutual converse of two or more."
 944  
 945  "Talk (n.) Report; rumor; as, to hear talk of war."
 946  
 947  "Talk (n.) Subject of discourse; as, his achievment is the talk of the town."
 948  
 949  Talkative (a.) Given to much talking.
 950  
 951  "Talker (n.) One who talks; especially, one who is noted for his power of conversing readily or agreeably; a conversationist."
 952  
 953  "Talker (n.) A loquacious person, male or female; a prattler; a babbler; also, a boaster; a braggart; -- used in contempt or reproach."
 954  
 955  "Talking (a.) That talks; able to utter words; as, a talking parrot."
 956  
 957  Talking (a.) Given to talk; loquacious.
 958  
 959  "Tall (superl.) High in stature; having a considerable, or an unusual, extension upward; long and comparatively slender; having the diameter or lateral extent small in proportion to the height; as, a tall person, tree, or mast."
 960  
 961  Tall (superl.) Brave; bold; courageous.
 962  
 963  "Tall (superl.) Fine; splendid; excellent; also, extravagant; excessive."
 964  
 965  Tallage (n.) Alt. of Talliage
 966  
 967  "Talliage (n.) A certain rate or tax paid by barons, knights, and inferior tenants, toward the public expenses."
 968  
 969  Tallage (v. t.) To lay an impost upon; to cause to pay tallage.
 970  
 971  Tallier (n.) One who keeps tally.
 972  
 973  Tallness (n.) The quality or state of being tall; height of stature.
 974  
 975  "Tallow (n.) The suet or fat of animals of the sheep and ox kinds, separated from membranous and fibrous matter by melting."
 976  
 977  "Tallow (n.) The fat of some other animals, or the fat obtained from certain plants, or from other sources, resembling the fat of animals of the sheep and ox kinds."
 978  
 979  Tallowed (imp. & p. p.) of Tallow
 980  
 981  Tallowing (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Tallow
 982  
 983  Tallow (v. t.) To grease or smear with tallow.
 984  
 985  "Tallow (v. t.) To cause to have a large quantity of tallow; to fatten; as, tallow sheep."
 986  
 987  Tallower (n.) An animal which produces tallow.
 988  
 989  "Tallow-face (n.) One who has a sickly, pale complexion."
 990  
 991  Tallow-faced (a.) Having a sickly complexion; pale.
 992  
 993  "Tallowing (n.) The act, or art, of causing animals to produce tallow; also, the property in animals of producing tallow."
 994  
 995  Tallowish (a.) Having the qualities of tallow.
 996  
 997  Tallowy (a.) Of the nature of tallow; resembling tallow; greasy.
 998  
 999  Tallwood (n.) Firewood cut into billets of a certain length.
1000  
1001  Tallies (pl. ) of Tally
1002  
1003  "Tally (n.) Originally, a piece of wood on which notches or scores were cut, as the marks of number; later, one of two books, sheets of paper, etc., on which corresponding accounts were kept."
1004  
1005  "Tally (n.) Hence, any account or score kept by notches or marks, whether on wood or paper, or in a book; especially, one kept in duplicate."
1006  
1007  Tally (n.) One thing made to suit another; a match; a mate.
1008  
1009  "Tally (n.) A notch, mark, or score made on or in a tally; as, to make or earn a tally in a game."
1010  
1011  "Tally (n.) A tally shop. See Tally shop, below."
1012  
1013  Tallied (imp. & p. p.) of Tally
1014  
1015  Tallying (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Tally
1016  
1017  "Tally (n.) To score with correspondent notches; hence, to make to correspond; to cause to fit or suit."
1018  
1019  "Tally (n.) To check off, as parcels of freight going inboard or outboard."
1020  
1021  Tally (v. i.) To be fitted; to suit; to correspond; to match.
1022  
1023  "Tally (v. i.) To make a tally; to score; as, to tally in a game."
1024  
1025  Tally (a.) Stoutly; with spirit.
1026  
1027  Tallyho (interj. & n.) The huntsman's cry to incite or urge on his hounds.
1028  
1029  Tallyho (interj. & n.) A tallyho coach.
1030  
1031  Tallymen (pl. ) of Tallyman
1032  
1033  "Tallyman (n.) One who keeps the tally, or marks the sticks."
1034  
1035  "Tallyman (n.) One who keeps a tally shop, or conducts his business as tally trade."
1036  
1037  Talmas (pl. ) of Talma
1038  
1039  "Talma (n.) A kind of large cape, or short, full cloak, forming part of the dress of ladies."
1040  
1041  Talma (n.) A similar garment worn formerly by gentlemen.
1042  
1043  Talmud (n.) The body of the Jewish civil and canonical law not comprised in the Pentateuch.
1044  
1045  Talmudic (a.) Alt. of Talmudical
1046  
1047  "Talmudical (a.) Of or pertaining to the Talmud; contained in the Talmud; as, Talmudic Greek; Talmudical phrases."
1048  
1049  Talmudist (n.) One versed in the Talmud; one who adheres to the teachings of the Talmud.
1050  
1051  Talmudistic (a.) Resembling the Talmud; Talmudic.
1052  
1053  "Talon (n.) The claw of a predaceous bird or animal, especially the claw of a bird of prey."
1054  
1055  Talon (n.) One of certain small prominences on the hind part of the face of an elephant's tooth.
1056  
1057  "Talon (n.) A kind of molding, concave at the bottom and convex at the top; -- usually called an ogee."
1058  
1059  Talon (n.) The shoulder of the bolt of a lock on which the key acts to shoot the bolt.
1060  
1061  Talook (n.) Alt. of Taluk
1062  
1063  "Taluk (n.) A large estate; esp., one constituting a revenue district or dependency the native proprietor of which is responsible for the collection and payment of the public revenue due from it."
1064  
1065  Talookdar (n.) Alt. of Talukdar
1066  
1067  Talukdar (n.) A proprietor of a talook.
1068  
1069  Talpa (n.) A genus of small insectivores including the common European mole.
1070  
1071  Tali (pl. ) of Talus
1072  
1073  Talus (n.) The astragalus.
1074  
1075  Talus (n.) A variety of clubfoot (Talipes calcaneus). See the Note under Talipes.
1076  
1077  Talus (n.) A slope; the inclination of the face of a work.
1078  
1079  Talus (n.) A sloping heap of fragments of rock lying at the foot of a precipice.
1080  
1081  Tamability (n.) The quality or state of being tamable; tamableness.
1082  
1083  "Tamable (a.) Capable of being tamed, subdued, or reclaimed from wildness or savage ferociousness."
1084  
1085  Tamandu (n.) A small ant-eater (Tamandua tetradactyla) native of the tropical parts of South America.
1086  
1087  Tamanoir (n.) The ant-bear.
1088  
1089  "Tamarack (n.) The American larch; also, the larch of Oregon and British Columbia (Larix occidentalis). See Hackmatack, and Larch."
1090  
1091  "Tamarack (n.) The black pine (Pinus Murrayana) of Alaska, California, etc. It is a small tree with fine-grained wood."
1092  
1093  "Tamaric (n.) A shrub or tree supposed to be the tamarisk, or perhaps some kind of heath."
1094  
1095  "Tamarin (n.) Any one of several species of small squirrel-like South American monkeys of the genus Midas, especially M. ursulus."
1096  
1097  "Tamarind (n.) A leguminous tree (Tamarindus Indica) cultivated both the Indies, and the other tropical countries, for the sake of its shade, and for its fruit. The trunk of the tree is lofty and large, with wide-spreading branches; the flowers are in racemes at the ends of the branches. The leaves are small and finely pinnated."
1098  
1099  "Tamarind (n.) One of the preserved seed pods of the tamarind, which contain an acid pulp, and are used medicinally and for preparing a pleasant drink."
1100  
1101  "Tamarisk (n.) Any shrub or tree of the genus Tamarix, the species of which are European and Asiatic. They have minute scalelike leaves, and small flowers in spikes. An Arabian species (T. mannifera) is the source of one kind of manna."
1102  
1103  Tambac (n.) See Tombac.
1104  
1105  Tambour (n.) A kind of small flat drum; a tambourine.
1106  
1107  "Tambour (n.) A small frame, commonly circular, and somewhat resembling a tambourine, used for stretching, and firmly holding, a portion of cloth that is to be embroidered; also, the embroidery done upon such a frame; -- called also, in the latter sense, tambour work."
1108  
1109  "Tambour (n.) Same as Drum, n., 2(d)."
1110  
1111  "Tambour (n.) A work usually in the form of a redan, to inclose a space before a door or staircase, or at the gorge of a larger work. It is arranged like a stockade."
1112  
1113  "Tambour (n.) A shallow metallic cup or drum, with a thin elastic membrane supporting a writing lever. Two or more of these are connected by an India rubber tube, and used to transmit and register the movements of the pulse or of any pulsating artery."
1114  
1115  Tamboured (imp. & p. p.) of Tambour
1116  
1117  Tambouring (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Tambour
1118  
1119  Tambour (v. t.) To embroider on a tambour.
1120  
1121  Tambourin (n.) A tambourine.
1122  
1123  "Tambourin (n.) An old Provencal dance of a lively character, common on the stage."
1124  
1125  "Tambourine (n.) A small drum, especially a shallow drum with only one skin, played on with the hand, and having bells at the sides; a timbrel."
1126  
1127  Tambreet (n.) The duck mole.
1128  
1129  Tamburin (n.) See Tambourine.
1130  
1131  "Tame (v. t.) To broach or enter upon; to taste, as a liquor; to divide; to distribute; to deal out."
1132  
1133  "Tame (superl.) Reduced from a state of native wildness and shyness; accustomed to man; domesticated; domestic; as, a tame deer, a tame bird."
1134  
1135  Tame (superl.) Crushed; subdued; depressed; spiritless.
1136  
1137  "Tame (superl.) Deficient in spirit or animation; spiritless; dull; flat; insipid; as, a tame poem; tame scenery."
1138  
1139  Tamed (imp. & p. p.) of Tame
1140  
1141  Taming (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Tame
1142  
1143  "Tame (a.) To reduce from a wild to a domestic state; to make gentle and familiar; to reclaim; to domesticate; as, to tame a wild beast."
1144  
1145  "Tame (a.) To subdue; to conquer; to repress; as, to tame the pride or passions of youth."
1146  
1147  Tameable (a.) Tamable.
1148  
1149  Tameless (a.) Incapable of being tamed; wild; untamed; untamable.
1150  
1151  Tamely (adv.) In a tame manner.
1152  
1153  Tameness (n.) The quality or state of being tame.
1154  
1155  Tamer (n.) One who tames or subdues.
1156  
1157  "Tamias (n.) A genus of ground squirrels, including the chipmunk."
1158  
1159  "Tamil (a.) Of or pertaining to the Tamils, or to their language."
1160  
1161  Tamil (n.) One of a Dravidian race of men native of Northern Ceylon and Southern India.
1162  
1163  "Tamil (n.) The Tamil language, the most important of the Dravidian languages. See Dravidian, a."
1164  
1165  Tamilian (a. & n.) Tamil.
1166  
1167  Tamine (n.) Alt. of Taminy
1168  
1169  Taminy (n.) A kind of woolen cloth; tammy.
1170  
1171  "Tamis (n.) A sieve, or strainer, made of a kind of woolen cloth."
1172  
1173  Tamis (n.) The cloth itself; tammy.
1174  
1175  Tamkin (n.) A tampion.
1176  
1177  Tammies (pl. ) of Tammy
1178  
1179  "Tammy (n.) A kind of woolen, or woolen and cotton, cloth, often highly glazed, -- used for curtains, sieves, strainers, etc."
1180  
1181  "Tammy (n.) A sieve, or strainer, made of this material; a tamis."
1182  
1183  Tamped (imp. & p. p.) of Tamp
1184  
1185  Tamping (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Tamp
1186  
1187  "Tamp (v. t.) In blasting, to plug up with clay, earth, dry sand, sod, or other material, as a hole bored in a rock, in order to prevent the force of the explosion from being misdirected."
1188  
1189  "Tamp (v. t.) To drive in or down by frequent gentle strokes; as, to tamp earth so as to make a smooth place."
1190  
1191  Tampan (n.) A venomous South African tick.
1192  
1193  Tampeon (n.) See Tampion.
1194  
1195  "Tamper (n.) One who tamps; specifically, one who prepares for blasting, by filling the hole in which the charge is placed."
1196  
1197  Tamper (n.) An instrument used in tamping; a tamping iron.
1198  
1199  Tampered (imp. & p. p.) of Tamper
1200  
1201  Tampering (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Tamper
1202  
1203  "Tamper (v. i.) To meddle; to be busy; to try little experiments; as, to tamper with a disease."
1204  
1205  "Tamper (v. i.) To meddle so as to alter, injure, or vitiate a thing."
1206  
1207  Tamper (v. i.) To deal unfairly; to practice secretly; to use bribery.
1208  
1209  Tamperer (n.) One who tampers; one who deals unfairly.
1210  
1211  Tampico fiber () Alt. of fibre
1212  
1213  fibre () A tough vegetable fiber used as a substitute for bristles in making brushes. The piassava and the ixtle are both used under this name.
1214  
1215  "Tamping (n.) The act of one who tamps; specifically, the act of filling up a hole in a rock, or the branch of a mine, for the purpose of blasting the rock or exploding the mine."
1216  
1217  "Tamping (n.) The material used in tamping. See Tamp, v. t., 1."
1218  
1219  "Tampion (n.) A wooden stopper, or plug, as for a cannon or other piece of ordnance, when not in use."
1220  
1221  Tampion (n.) A plug for upper end of an organ pipe.
1222  
1223  Tampoe (n.) The edible fruit of an East Indian tree (Baccaurea Malayana) of the Spurge family. It somewhat resembles an apple.
1224  
1225  "Tampon (n.) A plug introduced into a natural or artificial cavity of the body in order to arrest hemorrhage, or for the application of medicine."
1226  
1227  Tampon (v. t.) To plug with a tampon.
1228  
1229  Tampoon (n.) The stopper of a barrel; a bung.
1230  
1231  Tam-tam (n.) A kind of drum used in the East Indies and other Oriental countries; -- called also tom-tom.
1232  
1233  "Tam-tam (n.) A gong. See Gong, n., 1."
1234  
1235  Tamul (a. & n.) Tamil.
1236  
1237  Tan (n.) See Picul.
1238  
1239  "Tan (n.) The bark of the oak, and some other trees, bruised and broken by a mill, for tanning hides; -- so called both before and after it has been used. Called also tan bark."
1240  
1241  "Tan (n.) A yellowish-brown color, like that of tan."
1242  
1243  "Tan (n.) A brown color imparted to the skin by exposure to the sun; as, hands covered with tan."
1244  
1245  Tan (a.) Of the color of tan; yellowish-brown.
1246  
1247  Tanned (imp. & p. p.) of Tan
1248  
1249  Tanning (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Tan
1250  
1251  "Tan (n.) To convert (the skin of an animal) into leather, as by usual process of steeping it in an infusion of oak or some other bark, whereby it is impregnated with tannin, or tannic acid (which exists in several species of bark), and is thus rendered firm, durable, and in some degree impervious to water."
1252  
1253  "Tan (n.) To make brown; to imbrown, as by exposure to the rays of the sun; as, to tan the skin."
1254  
1255  Tan (v. i.) To get or become tanned.
1256  
1257  Tana (n.) Same as Banxring.
1258  
1259  "Tanager (n.) Any one of numerous species of bright-colored singing birds belonging to Tanagra, Piranga, and allied genera. The scarlet tanager (Piranga erythromelas) and the summer redbird (Piranga rubra) are common species of the United States."
1260  
1261  Tanagrine (a.) Of or pertaining to the tanagers.
1262  
1263  Tanagroid (a.) Tanagrine.
1264  
1265  "Tanate (n.) An Asiatic wild dog (Canis procyonoides), native of Japan and adjacent countries. It has a short, bushy tail. Called also raccoon dog."
1266  
1267  "Tandem (adv. & a.) One after another; -- said especially of horses harnessed and driven one before another, instead of abreast."
1268  
1269  Tandem (n.) A team of horses harnessed one before the other.
1270  
1271  Tang (n.) A coarse blackish seaweed (Fuscus nodosus).
1272  
1273  "Tang (n.) A strong or offensive taste; especially, a taste of something extraneous to the thing itself; as, wine or cider has a tang of the cask."
1274  
1275  "Tang (n.) Fig.: A sharp, specific flavor or tinge. Cf. Tang a twang."
1276  
1277  "Tang (n.) A projecting part of an object by means of which it is secured to a handle, or to some other part; anything resembling a tongue in form or position."
1278  
1279  "Tang (n.) The part of a knife, fork, file, or other small instrument, which is inserted into the handle."
1280  
1281  "Tang (n.) The projecting part of the breech of a musket barrel, by which the barrel is secured to the stock."
1282  
1283  Tang (n.) The part of a sword blade to which the handle is fastened.
1284  
1285  Tang (n.) The tongue of a buckle.
1286  
1287  "Tang (n.) A sharp, twanging sound; an unpleasant tone; a twang."
1288  
1289  Tanged (imp. & p. p.) of Tang
1290  
1291  Tanging (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Tang
1292  
1293  Tang (v. t.) To cause to ring or sound loudly; to ring.
1294  
1295  Tang (v. i.) To make a ringing sound; to ring.
1296  
1297  Tangalung (n.) An East Indian civet (Viverra tangalunga).
1298  
1299  Tangence (n.) Tangency.
1300  
1301  Tangency (n.) The quality or state of being tangent; a contact or touching.
1302  
1303  "Tangent (v. t.) A tangent line curve, or surface; specifically, that portion of the straight line tangent to a curve that is between the point of tangency and a given line, the given line being, for example, the axis of abscissas, or a radius of a circle produced. See Trigonometrical function, under Function."
1304  
1305  Tangent (a.) Touching; touching at a single point
1306  
1307  "Tangent (a.) meeting a curve or surface at a point and having at that point the same direction as the curve or surface; -- said of a straight line, curve, or surface; as, a line tangent to a curve; a curve tangent to a surface; tangent surfaces."
1308  
1309  Tangental (a.) Tangential.
1310  
1311  Tangential (a.) Of or pertaining to a tangent; in the direction of a tangent.
1312  
1313  Tangentially (adv.) In the direction of a tangent.
1314  
1315  "Tangerine (n.) A kind of orange, much like the mandarin, but of deeper color and higher flavor. It is said to have been produced in America from the mandarin."
1316  
1317  Tangfish (n.) The common harbor seal.
1318  
1319  Tanghinia (n.) The ordeal tree. See under Ordeal.
1320  
1321  Tangibility (n.) The quality or state of being tangible.
1322  
1323  Tangible (a.) Perceptible to the touch; tactile; palpable.
1324  
1325  Tangible (a.) Capable of being possessed or realized; readily apprehensible by the mind; real; substantial; evident.
1326  
1327  Tangled (imp. & p. p.) of Tangle
1328  
1329  Tangling (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Tangle
1330  
1331  "Tangle (n.) To unite or knit together confusedly; to interweave or interlock, as threads, so as to make it difficult to unravel the knot; to entangle; to ravel."
1332  
1333  "Tangle (n.) To involve; to insnare; to entrap; as, to be tangled in lies."
1334  
1335  Tangle (v. i.) To be entangled or united confusedly; to get in a tangle.
1336  
1337  "Tangle (n.) Any large blackish seaweed, especially the Laminaria saccharina. See Kelp."
1338  
1339  "Tangle (v.) A knot of threads, or other thing, united confusedly, or so interwoven as not to be easily disengaged; a snarl; as, hair or yarn in tangles; a tangle of vines and briers. Used also figuratively."
1340  
1341  "Tangle (v.) An instrument consisting essentially of an iron bar to which are attached swabs, or bundles of frayed rope, or other similar substances, -- used to capture starfishes, sea urchins, and other similar creatures living at the bottom of the sea."
1342  
1343  "Tanglefish (n.) The sea adder, or great pipefish of Europe."
1344  
1345  Tanglingly (adv.) In a tangling manner.
1346  
1347  Tangly (a.) Entangled; intricate.
1348  
1349  "Tangly (a.) Covered with tangle, or seaweed."
1350  
1351  "Tangram (n.) A Chinese toy made by cutting a square of thin wood, or other suitable material, into seven pieces, as shown in the cut, these pieces being capable of combination in various ways, so as to form a great number of different figures. It is now often used in primary schools as a means of instruction."
1352  
1353  Tangue (n.) The tenrec.
1354  
1355  "Tangun (n.) A piebald variety of the horse, native of Thibet."
1356  
1357  Tangwhaup (n.) The whimbrel.
1358  
1359  "Tanier (n.) An aroid plant (Caladium sagittaefolium), the leaves of which are boiled and eaten in the West Indies."
1360  
1361  "Tanist (n.) In Ireland, a lord or proprietor of a tract of land or of a castle, elected by a family, under the system of tanistry."
1362  
1363  "Tanistry (n.) In Ireland, a tenure of family lands by which the proprietor had only a life estate, to which he was admitted by election."
1364  
1365  "Tanite (n.) A firm composition of emery and a certain kind of cement, used for making grinding wheels, slabs, etc."
1366  
1367  "Tank (n.) A small Indian dry measure, averaging 240 grains in weight; also, a Bombay weight of 72 grains, for pearls."
1368  
1369  Tank (n.) A large basin or cistern; an artificial receptacle for liquids.
1370  
1371  Tanka (n.) A kind of boat used in Canton. It is about 25 feet long and is often rowed by women. Called also tankia.
1372  
1373  "Tankard (n.) A large drinking vessel, especially one with a cover."
1374  
1375  Tankia (n.) See Tanka.
1376  
1377  Tankling (n.) A tinkling.
1378  
1379  Tanling (n.) One tanned by the sun.
1380  
1381  Tannable (a.) That may be tanned.
1382  
1383  "Tannage (n.) A tanning; the act, operation, or result of tanning."
1384  
1385  Tannate (n.) A salt of tannic acid.
1386  
1387  "Tanner (n.) One whose occupation is to tan hides, or convert them into leather by the use of tan."
1388  
1389  Tanneries (pl. ) of Tannery
1390  
1391  Tannery (n.) A place where the work of tanning is carried on.
1392  
1393  Tannery (n.) The art or process of tanning.
1394  
1395  "Tannic (a.) Of or pertaining to tan; derived from, or resembling, tan; as, tannic acid."
1396  
1397  Tannier (n.) See Tanier.
1398  
1399  "Tannin (n.) Same as Tannic acid, under Tannic."
1400  
1401  "Tanning (n.) The art or process of converting skins into leather. See Tan, v. t., 1."
1402  
1403  Tanrec (n.) Same as Tenrec.
1404  
1405  "Tansy (n.) Any plant of the composite genus Tanacetum. The common tansy (T. vulgare) has finely divided leaves, a strong aromatic odor, and a very bitter taste. It is used for medicinal and culinary purposes."
1406  
1407  "Tansy (n.) A dish common in the seventeenth century, made of eggs, sugar, rose water, cream, and the juice of herbs, baked with butter in a shallow dish."
1408  
1409  Tant (n.) A small scarlet arachnid.
1410  
1411  Tantalate (n.) A salt of tantalic acid.
1412  
1413  "Tantalic (a.) Of or pertaining to tantalum; derived from, or containing, tantalum; specifically, designating any one of a series of acids analogous to nitric acid and the polyacid compounds of phosphorus."
1414  
1415  Tantalism (n.) A punishment like that of Tantalus; a teasing or tormenting by the hope or near approach of good which is not attainable; tantalization.
1416  
1417  Tantalite (n.) A heavy mineral of an iron-black color and submetallic luster. It is essentially a tantalate of iron.
1418  
1419  "Tantalization (n.) The act of tantalizing, or state of being tantalized."
1420  
1421  Tantalized (imp. & p. p.) of Tantalize
1422  
1423  Tantalizing (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Tantalize
1424  
1425  "Tantalize (v. t.) To tease or torment by presenting some good to the view and exciting desire, but continually frustrating the expectations by keeping that good out of reach; to tease; to torment."
1426  
1427  Tantalizer (n.) One who tantalizes.
1428  
1429  Tantalizingly (adv.) In a tantalizing or teasing manner.
1430  
1431  "Tantalum (n.) A rare nonmetallic element found in certain minerals, as tantalite, samarskite, and fergusonite, and isolated as a dark powder which becomes steel-gray by burnishing. Symbol Ta. Atomic weight 182.0. Formerly called also tantalium."
1432  
1433  "Tantalus (n.) A Phrygian king who was punished in the lower world by being placed in the midst of a lake whose waters reached to his chin but receded whenever he attempted to allay his thirst, while over his head hung branches laden with choice fruit which likewise receded whenever he stretched out his hand to grasp them."
1434  
1435  Tantalus (n.) A genus of wading birds comprising the wood ibises.
1436  
1437  "Tantamount (a.) Equivalent in value, signification, or effect."
1438  
1439  Tantamount (v. i.) To be tantamount or equivalent; to amount.
1440  
1441  "Tantivy (adv.) Swiftly; speedily; rapidly; -- a fox-hunting term; as, to ride tantivy."
1442  
1443  "Tantivy (n.) A rapid, violent gallop; an impetuous rush."
1444  
1445  Tantivy (v. i.) To go away in haste.
1446  
1447  "Tantrum (n.) A whim, or burst of ill-humor; an affected air."
1448  
1449  Tanyard (n.) An inclosure where the tanning of leather is carried on; a tannery.
1450  
1451  Tanystomata (n. pl.) A division of dipterous insects in which the proboscis is large and contains lancelike mandibles and maxillae. The horseflies and robber flies are examples.
1452  
1453  "Taoism (n.) One of the popular religions of China, sanctioned by the state."
1454  
1455  Tapped (imp. & p. p.) of Tap
1456  
1457  Tapping (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Tap
1458  
1459  "Tap (v. t.) To strike with a slight or gentle blow; to touch gently; to rap lightly; to pat; as, to tap one with the hand or a cane."
1460  
1461  "Tap (v. t.) To put a new sole or heel on; as, to tap shoes."
1462  
1463  Tap (n.) A gentle or slight blow; a light rap; a pat.
1464  
1465  Tap (n.) A piece of leather fastened upon the bottom of a boot or shoe in repairing or renewing the sole or heel.
1466  
1467  "Tap (n.) A signal, by drum or trumpet, for extinguishing all lights in soldiers' quarters and retiring to bed, -- usually given about a quarter of an hour after tattoo."
1468  
1469  Tap (v. i.) To strike a gentle blow.
1470  
1471  Tap (n.) A hole or pipe through which liquor is drawn.
1472  
1473  "Tap (n.) A plug or spile for stopping a hole pierced in a cask, or the like; a faucet."
1474  
1475  "Tap (n.) Liquor drawn through a tap; hence, a certain kind or quality of liquor; as, a liquor of the same tap."
1476  
1477  Tap (n.) A place where liquor is drawn for drinking; a taproom; a bar.
1478  
1479  "Tap (n.) A tool for forming an internal screw, as in a nut, consisting of a hardened steel male screw grooved longitudinally so as to have cutting edges."
1480  
1481  "Tap (v. t.) To pierce so as to let out, or draw off, a fluid; as, to tap a cask, a tree, a tumor, etc."
1482  
1483  "Tap (v. t.) Hence, to draw from (anything) in any analogous way; as, to tap telegraph wires for the purpose of intercepting information; to tap the treasury."
1484  
1485  "Tap (v. t.) To draw, or cause to flow, by piercing."
1486  
1487  "Tap (v. t.) To form an internal screw in (anything) by means of a tool called a tap; as, to tap a nut."
1488  
1489  Tapa (n.) A kind of cloth prepared by the Polynesians from the inner bark of the paper mulberry; -- sometimes called also kapa.
1490  
1491  Tapayaxin (n.) A Mexican spinous lizard (Phrynosoma orbiculare) having a head somewhat like that of a toad; -- called also horned toad.
1492  
1493  "Tape (n.) A narrow fillet or band of cotton or linen; a narrow woven fabric used for strings and the like; as, curtains tied with tape."
1494  
1495  "Tape (n.) A tapeline; also, a metallic ribbon so marked as to serve as a tapeline; as, a steel tape."
1496  
1497  "Tapeline (n.) A painted tape, marked with linear dimensions, as inches, feet, etc., and often inclosed in a case, -- used for measuring."
1498  
1499  "Taper (n.) A small wax candle; a small lighted wax candle; hence, a small light."
1500  
1501  "Taper (n.) A tapering form; gradual diminution of thickness in an elongated object; as, the taper of a spire."
1502  
1503  "Taper (a.) Regularly narrowed toward the point; becoming small toward one end; conical; pyramidical; as, taper fingers."
1504  
1505  Tapered (imp. & p. p.) of Taper
1506  
1507  Tapering (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Taper
1508  
1509  "Taper (v. i.) To become gradually smaller toward one end; as, a sugar loaf tapers toward one end."
1510  
1511  Taper (v. t.) To make or cause to taper.
1512  
1513  "Tapered (a.) Lighted with a taper or tapers; as, a tapered choir."
1514  
1515  Tapering (a.) Becoming gradually smaller toward one end.
1516  
1517  Taperness (n.) The quality or state of being taper; tapering form; taper.
1518  
1519  Tapestries (pl. ) of Tapestry
1520  
1521  "Tapestry (n.) A fabric, usually of worsted, worked upon a warp of linen or other thread by hand, the designs being usually more or less pictorial and the stuff employed for wall hangings and the like. The term is also applied to different kinds of embroidery."
1522  
1523  Tapestried (imp. & p. p.) of Tapestry
1524  
1525  Tapestrying (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Tapestry
1526  
1527  "Tapestry (v. t.) To adorn with tapestry, or as with tapestry."
1528  
1529  Tapet (n.) Worked or figured stuff; tapestry.
1530  
1531  Tapetis (pl. ) of Tapeti
1532  
1533  Tapeti (n.) A small South American hare (Lepus Braziliensis).
1534  
1535  "Tapetum (n.) An area in the pigmented layer of the choroid coat of the eye in many animals, which has an iridescent or metallic luster and helps to make the eye visible in the dark. Sometimes applied to the whole layer of pigmented epithelium of the choroid."
1536  
1537  "Tapeworm (n.) Any one of numerous species of cestode worms belonging to Taenia and many allied genera. The body is long, flat, and composed of numerous segments or proglottids varying in shape, those toward the end of the body being much larger and longer than the anterior ones, and containing the fully developed sexual organs. The head is small, destitute of a mouth, but furnished with two or more suckers (which vary greatly in shape in different genera), and sometimes, also, with hooks for adhesion to the walls of the intestines of the animals in which they are parasitic. The larvae (see Cysticercus) live in the flesh of various creatures, and when swallowed by another animal of the right species develop into the mature tapeworm in its intestine. See Illustration in Appendix."
1538  
1539  Taphouse (n.) A house where liquors are retailed.
1540  
1541  Taphrenchyma (n.) Same as Bothrenchyma.
1542  
1543  Tapinage (n.) A lurking or skulking.
1544  
1545  "Tapioca (n.) A coarsely granular substance obtained by heating, and thus partly changing, the moistened starch obtained from the roots of the cassava. It is much used in puddings and as a thickening for soups. See Cassava."
1546  
1547  "Tapir (n.) Any one of several species of large odd-toed ungulates belonging to Tapirus, Elasmognathus, and allied genera. They have a long prehensile upper lip, short ears, short and stout legs, a short, thick tail, and short, close hair. They have three toes on the hind feet, and four toes on the fore feet, but the outermost toe is of little use."
1548  
1549  "Tapiroid (a.) Allied to the tapir, or the Tapir family."
1550  
1551  "Tapis (n.) Tapestry; formerly, the cover of a council table."
1552  
1553  Tapis (v. t.) To cover or work with figures like tapestry.
1554  
1555  Tapiser (n.) A maker of tapestry; an upholsterer.
1556  
1557  "Tapish (v. i.) To lie close to the ground, so as to be concealed; to squat; to crouch; hence, to hide one's self."
1558  
1559  "Taplash (n.) Bad small beer; also, the refuse or dregs of liquor."
1560  
1561  Taplings (n. pl.) The strong double leathers by which the two parts of a flail are united.
1562  
1563  "Tapoa tafa () A small carnivorous marsupial (Phascogale penicillata) having long, soft fur, and a very long tail with a tuft of long hairs at the end; -- called also brush-tailed phascogale."
1564  
1565  "Tappen (n.) An obstruction, or indigestible mass, found in the intestine of bears and other animals during hibernation."
1566  
1567  "Tapper (n.) The lesser spotted woodpecker (Dendrocopus minor); -- called also tapperer, tabberer, little wood pie, barred woodpecker, wood tapper, hickwall, and pump borer."
1568  
1569  Tappester (n.) A female tapster.
1570  
1571  "Tappet (n.) A lever or projection moved by some other piece, as a cam, or intended to tap or touch something else, with a view to produce change or regulate motion."
1572  
1573  Tappice (v. i.) Alt. of Tappis
1574  
1575  Tappis (v. i.) See Tapish.
1576  
1577  Tappit hen () A hen having a tuft of feathers on her head.
1578  
1579  "Tappit hen () A measuring pot holding one quart (according to some, three quarts); -- so called from a knob on the lid, thought to resemble a crested hen."
1580  
1581  Taproom (n.) A room where liquors are kept on tap; a barroom.
1582  
1583  Taproot (n.) The root of a plant which penetrates the earth directly downward to a considerable depth without dividing.
1584  
1585  Tapster (n.) One whose business is to tap or draw ale or other liquor.
1586  
1587  Taqua-nut (n.) A Central American name for the ivory nut.
1588  
1589  Tar (n.) A sailor; a seaman.
1590  
1591  "Tar (n.) A thick, black, viscous liquid obtained by the distillation of wood, coal, etc., and having a varied composition according to the temperature and material employed in obtaining it."
1592  
1593  Tarred (imp. & p. p.) of Tar
1594  
1595  Tarring (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Tar
1596  
1597  "Tar (v. t.) To smear with tar, or as with tar; as, to tar ropes; to tar cloth."
1598  
1599  "Taranis (n.) A Celtic divinity, regarded as the evil principle, but confounded by the Romans with Jupiter."
1600  
1601  "Tarantass (n.) A low four-wheeled carriage used in Russia. The carriage box rests on two long, springy poles which run from the fore to the hind axletree. When snow falls, the wheels are taken off, and the body is mounted on a sledge."
1602  
1603  "Tarantella (n.) A rapid and delirious sort of Neapolitan dance in 6-8 time, which moves in whirling triplets; -- so called from a popular notion of its being a remedy against the poisonous bite of the tarantula. Some derive its name from Taranto in Apulia."
1604  
1605  Tarantella (n.) Music suited to such a dance.
1606  
1607  "Tarantism (n.) A nervous affection producing melancholy, stupor, and an uncontrollable desire to dance. It was supposed to be produced by the bite of the tarantula, and considered to be incapable of cure except by protracted dancing to appropriate music."
1608  
1609  Tarantulas (pl. ) of Tarantula
1610  
1611  Tarantulae (pl. ) of Tarantula
1612  
1613  "Tarantula (n.) Any one of several species of large spiders, popularly supposed to be very venomous, especially the European species (Tarantula apuliae). The tarantulas of Texas and adjacent countries are large species of Mygale."
1614  
1615  Tarantulated (a.) Bitten by a tarantula; affected with tarantism.
1616  
1617  Tarbogan (n. & v.) See Toboggan.
1618  
1619  "Tarboosh (n.) A red cap worn by Turks and other Eastern nations, sometimes alone and sometimes swathed with linen or other stuff to make a turban. See Fez."
1620  
1621  "Tardation (n.) The act of retarding, or delaying; retardation."
1622  
1623  "Tardigrada (a.) A tribe of edentates comprising the sloths. They are noted for the slowness of their movements when on the ground. See Sloth, 3."
1624  
1625  "Tardigrada (a.) An order of minute aquatic arachnids; -- called also bear animalcules, sloth animalcules, and water bears."
1626  
1627  Tardigrade (a.) Moving or stepping slowly; slow-paced.
1628  
1629  Tardigrade (a.) Of or pertaining to the Tardigrada.
1630  
1631  Tardigrade (n.) One of the Tardigrada.
1632  
1633  Tardigradous (a.) Moving slowly; slow-paced.
1634  
1635  Tardily (adv.) In a tardy manner; slowly.
1636  
1637  Tardiness (n.) The quality or state of being tardy.
1638  
1639  Tarditation (n.) Tardiness.
1640  
1641  Tardity (n.) Slowness; tardiness.
1642  
1643  Tardo (a.) Slow; -- a direction to perform a passage slowly.
1644  
1645  Tardo (n.) A sloth.
1646  
1647  Tardy (superl.) Moving with a slow pace or motion; slow; not swift.
1648  
1649  "Tardy (superl.) Not being inseason; late; dilatory; -- opposed to prompt; as, to be tardy in one's payments."
1650  
1651  Tardy (superl.) Unwary; unready.
1652  
1653  Tardy (superl.) Criminal; guilty.
1654  
1655  Tardy (v. t.) To make tardy.
1656  
1657  Tare (imp.) Tore.
1658  
1659  "Tare (n.) A weed that grows among wheat and other grain; -- alleged by modern naturalists to be the Lolium temulentum, or darnel."
1660  
1661  "Tare (n.) A name of several climbing or diffuse leguminous herbs of the genus Vicia; especially, the V. sativa, sometimes grown for fodder."
1662  
1663  "Tare (n.) Deficientcy in the weight or quantity of goods by reason of the weight of the cask, bag, or whatever contains the commodity, and is weighed with it; hence, the allowance or abatement of a certain weight or quantity which the seller makes to the buyer on account of the weight of such cask, bag, etc."
1664  
1665  Tared (imp. & p. p.) of Tare
1666  
1667  Taring (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Tare
1668  
1669  Tare (v. t.) To ascertain or mark the tare of (goods).
1670  
1671  "Tared (a.) Weighed; determined; reduced to equal or standard weight; as, tared filter papers, used in weighing precipitates."
1672  
1673  "Tarente (n.) A harmless lizard of the Gecko family (Platydactylus Mauritianicus) found in Southern Europe and adjacent countries, especially among old walls and ruins."
1674  
1675  Tarentism (n.) See Tarantism.
1676  
1677  Tarentula (n.) See Tarantula.
1678  
1679  Targe (n.) A shield or target.
1680  
1681  "Target (n.) A kind of small shield or buckler, used as a defensive weapon in war."
1682  
1683  "Target (n.) A butt or mark to shoot at, as for practice, or to test the accuracy of a firearm, or the force of a projectile."
1684  
1685  "Target (n.) The pattern or arrangement of a series of hits made by a marksman on a butt or mark; as, he made a good target."
1686  
1687  "Target (n.) The sliding crosspiece, or vane, on a leveling staff."
1688  
1689  "Target (n.) A conspicuous disk attached to a switch lever to show its position, or for use as a signal."
1690  
1691  "Targeted (a.) Furnished, armed, or protected, with a target."
1692  
1693  Targeteer (n.) One who is armed with a target or shield.
1694  
1695  Targums (pl. ) of Targum
1696  
1697  Targumim (pl. ) of Targum
1698  
1699  Targum (n.) A translation or paraphrase of some portion of the Old Testament Scriptures in the Chaldee or Aramaic language or dialect.
1700  
1701  Targumist (n.) The writer of a Targum; one versed in the Targums.
1702  
1703  "Tariff (n.) A schedule, system, or scheme of duties imposed by the government of a country upon goods imported or exported; as, a revenue tariff; a protective tariff; Clay's compromise tariff. (U. S. 1833)."
1704  
1705  "Tariff (n.) The duty, or rate of duty, so imposed; as, the tariff on wool; a tariff of two cents a pound."
1706  
1707  "Tariff (n.) Any schedule or system of rates, changes, etc.; as, a tariff of fees, or of railroad fares."
1708  
1709  Tariffed (imp. & p. p.) of Tariff
1710  
1711  Tariffing (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Tariff
1712  
1713  "Tariff (v. t.) To make a list of duties on, as goods."
1714  
1715  Tarin (n.) The siskin.
1716  
1717  "Taring (n.) The common tern; -- called also tarret, and tarrock."
1718  
1719  "Tarlatan (n.) A kind of thin, transparent muslin, used for dresses."
1720  
1721  Tarn (n.) A mountain lake or pool.
1722  
1723  Tarnished (imp. & p. p.) of Tarnish
1724  
1725  Tarnishing (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Tarnish
1726  
1727  "Tarnish (a.) To soil, or change the appearance of, especially by an alternation induced by the air, or by dust, or the like; to diminish, dull, or destroy the luster of; to sully; as, to tarnish a metal; to tarnish gilding; to tarnish the purity of color."
1728  
1729  "Tarnish (v. i.) To lose luster; to become dull; as, gilding will tarnish in a foul air."
1730  
1731  Tarnish (n.) The quality or state of being tarnished; stain; soil; blemish.
1732  
1733  "Tarnish (n.) A thin film on the surface of a metal, usually due to a slight alteration of the original color; as, the steel tarnish in columbite."
1734  
1735  "Tarnisher (n.) One who, or that which, tarnishes."
1736  
1737  "Taro (n.) A name for several aroid plants (Colocasia antiquorum, var. esculenta, Colocasia macrorhiza, etc.), and their rootstocks. They have large ovate-sagittate leaves and large fleshy rootstocks, which are cooked and used for food in tropical countries."
1738  
1739  Tarot (n.) A game of cards; -- called also taroc.
1740  
1741  Tarpan (n.) A wild horse found in the region of the Caspian Sea.
1742  
1743  "Tarpaulin (n.) A piece of canvas covered with tar or a waterproof composition, used for covering the hatches of a ship, hammocks, boats, etc."
1744  
1745  "Tarpaulin (n.) A hat made of, or covered with, painted or tarred cloth, worn by sailors and others."
1746  
1747  "Tarpaulin (n.) Hence, a sailor; a seaman; a tar."
1748  
1749  Tarpon (n.) Same as Tarpum.
1750  
1751  "Tarpum (n.) A very large marine fish (Megapolis Atlanticus) of the Southern United States and the West Indies. It often becomes six or more feet in length, and has large silvery scales. The scales are a staple article of trade, and are used in fancywork. Called also tarpon, sabalo, savanilla, silverfish, and jewfish."
1752  
1753  "Tarquinish (a.) Like a Tarquin, a king of ancient Rome; proud; haughty; overbearing."
1754  
1755  Tarrace (n.) See Trass.
1756  
1757  "Tarragon (n.) A plant of the genus Artemisa (A. dracunculus), much used in France for flavoring vinegar."
1758  
1759  Tarras (n.) See Trass.
1760  
1761  "Tarre (v.) To set on, as a dog; to incite."
1762  
1763  Tarriance (n.) The act or time of tarrying; delay; lateness.
1764  
1765  "Tarrier (n.) One who, or that which, tarries."
1766  
1767  Tarrier (n.) A kind of dig; a terrier.
1768  
1769  Tarrock (n.) The young of the kittiwake gull before the first molt.
1770  
1771  Tarrock (n.) The common guillemot.
1772  
1773  Tarrock (n.) The common tern.
1774  
1775  "Tarry (n.) Consisting of, or covered with, tar; like tar."
1776  
1777  Tarried (imp. & p. p.) of Tarry
1778  
1779  Tarrying (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Tarry
1780  
1781  Tarry (v. i.) To stay or remain behind; to wait.
1782  
1783  Tarry (v. i.) To delay; to put off going or coming; to loiter.
1784  
1785  Tarry (v. i.) To stay; to abide; to continue; to lodge.
1786  
1787  Tarry (v. t.) To delay; to defer; to put off.
1788  
1789  Tarry (v. t.) To wait for; to stay or stop for.
1790  
1791  Tarry (n.) Stay; stop; delay.
1792  
1793  Tarsal (a.) Of or pertaining to the tarsus (either of the foot or eye).
1794  
1795  Tarsal (n.) A tarsal bone or cartilage; a tarsale.
1796  
1797  Tarsal (n.) Same as Tercel.
1798  
1799  Tarsalia (pl. ) of Tarsale
1800  
1801  "Tarsale (n.) One of the bones or cartilages of the tarsus; esp., one of the series articulating with the metatarsals."
1802  
1803  Tarse (n.) The male falcon.
1804  
1805  Tarse (n.) tarsus.
1806  
1807  Tarsectomy (n.) The operation of excising one or more of the bones of the tarsus.
1808  
1809  Tarsel (n.) A male hawk. See Tercel.
1810  
1811  Tarsi (n.) pl. of Tarsus.
1812  
1813  Tarsia (n.) Alt. of Tarsiatura
1814  
1815  "Tarsiatura (n.) A kind of mosaic in woodwork, much employed in Italy in the fifteenth century and later, in which scrolls and arabesques, and sometimes architectural scenes, landscapes, fruits, flowers, and the like, were produced by inlaying pieces of wood of different colors and shades into panels usually of walnut wood."
1816  
1817  Tarsier (n.) See Tarsius.
1818  
1819  "Tarsius (n.) A genus of nocturnal lemurine mammals having very large eyes and ears, a long tail, and very long proximal tarsal bones; -- called also malmag, spectral lemur, podji, and tarsier."
1820  
1821  "Tarso- () A combining form used in anatomy to indicate connection with, or relation to, the tarsus; as, tarsometatarsus."
1822  
1823  "Tarsometatarsal (a.) Of or pertaining to both the tarsus and metatarsus; as, the tarsometatarsal articulations."
1824  
1825  Tarsometatarsal (a.) Of or pertaining to the tarsometatarsus.
1826  
1827  Tarsometatarsi (pl. ) of Tarsometatarsus
1828  
1829  Tarsometatarsus (n.) The large bone next the foot in the leg of a bird. It is formed by the union of the distal part of the tarsus with the metatarsus.
1830  
1831  Tarsorrhaphy (n.) An operation to diminish the size of the opening between eyelids when enlarged by surrounding cicatrices.
1832  
1833  Tarsotomy (n.) The operation of cutting or removing the tarsal cartilages.
1834  
1835  Tarsi (pl. ) of Tarsus
1836  
1837  "Tarsus (n.) The ankle; the bones or cartilages of the part of the foot between the metatarsus and the leg, consisting in man of seven short bones."
1838  
1839  "Tarsus (n.) A plate of dense connective tissue or cartilage in the eyelid of man and many animals; -- called also tarsal cartilage, and tarsal plate."
1840  
1841  Tarsus (n.) The foot of an insect or a crustacean. It usually consists of form two to five joints.
1842  
1843  "Tart (v. t.) Sharp to the taste; acid; sour; as, a tart apple."
1844  
1845  "Tart (v. t.) Fig.: Sharp; keen; severe; as, a tart reply; tart language; a tart rebuke."
1846  
1847  "Tart (n.) A species of small open pie, or piece of pastry, containing jelly or conserve; a sort of fruit pie."
1848  
1849  "Tartan (n.) Woolen cloth, checkered or crossbarred with narrow bands of various colors, much worn in the Highlands of Scotland; hence, any pattern of tartan; also, other material of a similar pattern."
1850  
1851  "Tartan (n.) A small coasting vessel, used in the Mediterranean, having one mast carrying large leteen sail, and a bowsprit with staysail or jib."
1852  
1853  "Tartar (n.) A reddish crust or sediment in wine casks, consisting essentially of crude cream of tartar, and used in marking pure cream of tartar, tartaric acid, potassium carbonate, black flux, etc., and, in dyeing, as a mordant for woolen goods; -- called also argol, wine stone, etc."
1854  
1855  "Tartar (n.) A correction which often incrusts the teeth, consisting of salivary mucus, animal matter, and phosphate of lime."
1856  
1857  "Tartar (n.) A native or inhabitant of Tartary in Asia; a member of any one of numerous tribes, chiefly Moslem, of Turkish origin, inhabiting the Russian Europe; -- written also, more correctly but less usually, Tatar."
1858  
1859  "Tartar (n.) A person of a keen, irritable temper."
1860  
1861  "Tartar (a.) Of or pertaining to Tartary in Asia, or the Tartars."
1862  
1863  Tartar (n.) See Tartarus.
1864  
1865  Tartarated (a.) Tartrated.
1866  
1867  Tartarean (a.) Alt. of Tartareous
1868  
1869  Tartareous (a.) Of or pertaining to Tartarus; hellish.
1870  
1871  Tartareous (a.) Consisting of tartar; of the nature of tartar.
1872  
1873  "Tartareous (a.) Having the surface rough and crumbling; as, many lichens are tartareous."
1874  
1875  Tartarian (a.) Alt. of Tartaric
1876  
1877  "Tartaric (a.) Of or pertaining to Tartary in Asia, or the Tartars."
1878  
1879  "Tartarian (n.) The name of some kinds of cherries, as the Black Tartarian, or the White Tartarian."
1880  
1881  "Tartaric (a.) Of or pertaining to tartar; derived from, or resembling, tartar."
1882  
1883  "Tartarine (n.) Potassium carbonate, obtained by the incineration of tartar."
1884  
1885  Tartarized (imp. & p. p.) of Tartarize
1886  
1887  Tartarizing (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Tartarize
1888  
1889  "Tartarize (v. t.) To impregnate with, or subject to the action of, tartar."
1890  
1891  "Tartarize (v. t.) To cause to resemble the Tartars and their civilization, as by conquest."
1892  
1893  "Tartarous (a.) Containing tartar; consisting of tartar, or partaking of its qualities; tartareous."
1894  
1895  "Tartarous (a.) Resembling, or characteristic of, a Tartar; ill-natured; irritable."
1896  
1897  Tartarum (n.) See 1st Tartar.
1898  
1899  "Tartarus (n.) The infernal regions, described in the Iliad as situated as far below Hades as heaven is above the earth, and by later writers as the place of punishment for the spirits of the wicked. By the later poets, also, the name is often used synonymously with Hades, or the Lower World in general."
1900  
1901  Tartary (n.) Tartarus.
1902  
1903  Tartini's tones () See the Note under Tone.
1904  
1905  Tartish (a.) Somewhat tart.
1906  
1907  Tartlet (n.) A small tart.
1908  
1909  Tartly (adv.) In a tart manner; with acidity.
1910  
1911  Tartness (n.) The quality or state of being tart.
1912  
1913  "Tartralic (a.) Pertaining to, or designating, an acid obtained as a white amorphous deliquescent substance, C8H10O11; -- called also ditartaric, tartrilic, or tartrylic acid."
1914  
1915  Tartramate (n.) A salt of tartramic acid.
1916  
1917  "Tartramic (a.) Of, pertaining to, or designating, an acid which is the primary acid amide derivative of tartaric acid."
1918  
1919  "Tartramide (n.) An acid amide derivative of tartaric acid, obtained as a white crystalline substance."
1920  
1921  Tartrate (n.) A salt of tartaric acid.
1922  
1923  "Tartrated (a.) Containing, or derived from, tartar; combined with tartaric acid."
1924  
1925  "Tartrazine (n.) An artificial dyestuff obtained as an orange-yellow powder, and regarded as a phenyl hydrazine derivative of tartaric and sulphonic acids."
1926  
1927  "Tartrelic (a.) Of, pertaining to, or designating, an anhydride, C4H4O5, of tartaric acid, obtained as a white crystalline deliquescent substance."
1928  
1929  Tartro- () A combining form (also used adjectively) used in chemistry to denote the presence of tartar or of some of its compounds or derivatives.
1930  
1931  Tartronate (n.) A salt of tartronic acid.
1932  
1933  "Tartronic (a.) Of, pertaining to, or designating, an organic acid (called also hydroxy malonic acid) obtained, by reducing mesoxalic acid, as a white crystalline substance."
1934  
1935  Tartronyl (n.) A hypothetical radical constituting the characteristic residue of tartronic acid and certain of its derivatives.
1936  
1937  "Tartrovinic (a.) Of, pertaining to, or designating, a certain acid composed of tartaric acid in combination with ethyl, and now called ethyltartaric acid."
1938  
1939  Tartuffe (n.) Alt. of Tartufe
1940  
1941  Tartufe (n.) A hypocritical devotee. See the Dictionary of Noted Names in Fiction.
1942  
1943  Tartuffish (a.) Alt. of Tartufish
1944  
1945  Tartufish (a.) Like a tartuffe; precise; hypocritical.
1946  
1947  "Tarweed (n.) A name given to several resinous-glandular composite plants of California, esp. to the species of Grindelia, Hemizonia, and Madia."
1948  
1949  Tas (n.) A heap.
1950  
1951  Tas (v. t.) To tassel.
1952  
1953  Tasco (n.) A kind of clay for making melting pots.
1954  
1955  "Tasimer (n.) An instrument for detecting or measuring minute extension or movements of solid bodies. It consists essentially of a small rod, disk, or button of carbon, forming part of an electrical circuit, the resistance of which, being varied by the changes of pressure produced by the movements of the object to be measured, causes variations in the strength of the current, which variations are indicated by a sensitive galvanometer. It is also used for measuring minute changes of temperature."
1956  
1957  "Task (v.) Labor or study imposed by another, often in a definite quantity or amount."
1958  
1959  Task (v.) Business; employment; undertaking; labor.
1960  
1961  Tasked (imp. & p. p.) of Task
1962  
1963  Tasking (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Task
1964  
1965  "Task (v. t.) To impose a task upon; to assign a definite amount of business, labor, or duty to."
1966  
1967  Task (v. t.) To oppress with severe or excessive burdens; to tax.
1968  
1969  Task (v. t.) To charge; to tax; as with a fault.
1970  
1971  Tasker (n.) One who imposes a task.
1972  
1973  "Tasker (n.) One who performs a task, as a day-laborer."
1974  
1975  Tasker (n.) A laborer who receives his wages in kind.
1976  
1977  "Taskmaster (n.) One who imposes a task, or burdens another with labor; one whose duty is to assign tasks; an overseer."
1978  
1979  "Taskwork (n.) Work done as a task; also, work done by the job; piecework."
1980  
1981  Taslet (n.) A piece of armor formerly worn to guard the things; a tasse.
1982  
1983  "Tasmanian (a.) Of or pertaining to Tasmania, or Van Diemen's Land. -- n. A native or inhabitant of Tasmania; specifically (Ethnol.), in the plural, the race of men that formerly inhabited Tasmania, but is now extinct."
1984  
1985  "Tasse (n.) A piece of armor for the thighs, forming an appendage to the ancient corselet."
1986  
1987  Tassel (n.) A male hawk. See Tercel.
1988  
1989  Tassel (n.) A kind of bur used in dressing cloth; a teasel.
1990  
1991  "Tassel (n.) A pendent ornament, attached to the corners of cushions, to curtains, and the like, ending in a tuft of loose threads or cords."
1992  
1993  "Tassel (n.) The flower or head of some plants, esp. when pendent."
1994  
1995  "Tassel (n.) A narrow silk ribbon, or the like, sewed to a book to be put between the leaves."
1996  
1997  "Tassel (n.) A piece of board that is laid upon a wall as a sort of plate, to give a level surface to the ends of floor timbers; -- rarely used in the United States."
1998  
1999  Tasseled (imp. & p. p.) of Tassel
2000  
2001  Tasselled () of Tassel
2002  
2003  Tasseling (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Tassel
2004  
2005  Tasselling () of Tassel
2006  
2007  "Tassel (v. i.) To put forth a tassel or flower; as, maize tassels."
2008  
2009  Tassel (v. t.) To adorn with tassels.
2010  
2011  "Tasset (n.) A defense for the front of the thigh, consisting of one or more iron plates hanging from the belt on the lower edge of the corselet."
2012  
2013  Tastable (a.) Capable of worthy of being tasted; savory; relishing.
2014  
2015  Tasted (imp. & p. p.) of Taste
2016  
2017  Tasting (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Taste
2018  
2019  "Taste (v. t.) To try by the touch; to handle; as, to taste a bow."
2020  
2021  Taste (v. t.) To try by the touch of the tongue; to perceive the relish or flavor of (anything) by taking a small quantity into a mouth. Also used figuratively.
2022  
2023  Taste (v. t.) To try by eating a little; to eat a small quantity of.
2024  
2025  Taste (v. t.) To become acquainted with by actual trial; to essay; to experience; to undergo.
2026  
2027  Taste (v. t.) To partake of; to participate in; -- usually with an implied sense of relish or pleasure.
2028  
2029  "Taste (v. i.) To try food with the mouth; to eat or drink a little only; to try the flavor of anything; as, to taste of each kind of wine."
2030  
2031  "Taste (v. i.) To have a smack; to excite a particular sensation, by which the specific quality or flavor is distinguished; to have a particular quality or character; as, this water tastes brackish; the milk tastes of garlic."
2032  
2033  Taste (v. i.) To take sparingly.
2034  
2035  "Taste (v. i.) To have perception, experience, or enjoyment; to partake; as, to taste of nature's bounty."
2036  
2037  Taste (n.) The act of tasting; gustation.
2038  
2039  "Taste (n.) A particular sensation excited by the application of a substance to the tongue; the quality or savor of any substance as perceived by means of the tongue; flavor; as, the taste of an orange or an apple; a bitter taste; an acid taste; a sweet taste."
2040  
2041  "Taste (n.) The one of the five senses by which certain properties of bodies (called their taste, savor, flavor) are ascertained by contact with the organs of taste."
2042  
2043  "Taste (n.) Intellectual relish; liking; fondness; -- formerly with of, now with for; as, he had no taste for study."
2044  
2045  "Taste (n.) The power of perceiving and relishing excellence in human performances; the faculty of discerning beauty, order, congruity, proportion, symmetry, or whatever constitutes excellence, particularly in the fine arts and belles-letters; critical judgment; discernment."
2046  
2047  "Taste (n.) Manner, with respect to what is pleasing, refined, or in accordance with good usage; style; as, music composed in good taste; an epitaph in bad taste."
2048  
2049  Taste (n.) Essay; trial; experience; experiment.
2050  
2051  Taste (n.) A small portion given as a specimen; a little piece tastted of eaten; a bit.
2052  
2053  Taste (n.) A kind of narrow and thin silk ribbon.
2054  
2055  Tasteful (a.) Having a high relish; savory.
2056  
2057  "Tasteful (a.) Having or exhibiting good taste; in accordance with good taste; tasty; as, a tasteful drapery."
2058  
2059  "Tasteless (a.) Having no taste; insipid; flat; as, tasteless fruit."
2060  
2061  "Tasteless (a.) Destitute of the sense of taste; or of good taste; as, a tasteless age."
2062  
2063  "Tasteless (a.) Not in accordance with good taste; as, a tasteless arrangement of drapery."
2064  
2065  "Taster (n.) One who tastes; especially, one who first tastes food or drink to ascertain its quality."
2066  
2067  "Taster (n.) That in which, or by which, anything is tasted, as, a dram cup, a cheese taster, or the like."
2068  
2069  "Taster (n.) One of a peculiar kind of zooids situated on the polyp-stem of certain Siphonophora. They somewhat resemble the feeding zooids, but are destitute of mouths. See Siphonophora."
2070  
2071  Tastily (adv.) In a tasty manner.
2072  
2073  Tasting (n.) The act of perceiving or tasting by the organs of taste; the faculty or sense by which we perceive or distinguish savors.
2074  
2075  Tasto (n.) A key or thing touched to produce a tone.
2076  
2077  "Tasty (superl.) Having a good taste; -- applied to persons; as, a tasty woman. See Taste, n., 5."
2078  
2079  "Tasty (n.) Being in conformity to the principles of good taste; elegant; as, tasty furniture; a tasty dress."
2080  
2081  "Tat (n.) Gunny cloth made from the fiber of the Corchorus olitorius, or jute."
2082  
2083  Tat (n.) A pony.
2084  
2085  Tataupa (n.) A South American tinamou (Crypturus tataupa).
2086  
2087  "Tatch (n.) A spot or stain; also, a trick."
2088  
2089  "Tath (obs.) 3d pers. sing. pres. of Ta, to take."
2090  
2091  "Tath (n.) Dung, or droppings of cattle."
2092  
2093  Tath (n.) The luxuriant grass growing about the droppings of cattle in a pasture.
2094  
2095  "Tath (v. t.) To manure (land) by pasturing cattle on it, or causing them to lie upon it."
2096  
2097  "Tatou (n.) The giant armadillo (Priodontes gigas) of tropical South America. It becomes nearly five feet long including the tail. It is noted for its burrowing powers, feeds largely upon dead animals, and sometimes invades human graves."
2098  
2099  "Tatouay (n.) An armadillo (Xenurus unicinctus), native of the tropical parts of South America. It has about thirteen movable bands composed of small, nearly square, scales. The head is long; the tail is round and tapered, and nearly destitute of scales; the claws of the fore feet are very large. Called also tatouary, and broad-banded armadillo."
2100  
2101  Tatouhou (n.) The peba.
2102  
2103  "Tatt (v. t. & i.) To make (anything) by tatting; to work at tatting; as, tatted edging."
2104  
2105  "Tatta (n.) A bamboo frame or trellis hung at a door or window of a house, over which water is suffered to trickle, in order to moisten and cool the air as it enters."
2106  
2107  Tatter (n.) One who makes tatting.
2108  
2109  "Tatter (n.) A rag, or a part torn and hanging; -- chiefly used in the plural."
2110  
2111  Tattered (p. p.) of Tatter
2112  
2113  Tatter (v. t.) To rend or tear into rags; -- used chiefly in the past participle as an adjective.
2114  
2115  Tatterdemalion (n.) A ragged fellow; a ragamuffin.
2116  
2117  "Tatting (n.) A kind of lace made from common sewing thread, with a peculiar stitch."
2118  
2119  Tattled (imp. & p. p.) of Tattle
2120  
2121  Tattling (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Tattle
2122  
2123  Tattle (v. i.) To prate; to talk idly; to use many words with little meaning; to chat.
2124  
2125  "Tattle (v. i.) To tell tales; to communicate secrets; to be a talebearer; as, a tattling girl."
2126  
2127  Tattle (n.) Idle talk or chat; trifling talk; prate.
2128  
2129  Tattler (n.) One who tattles; an idle talker; one who tells tales.
2130  
2131  "Tattler (n.) Any one of several species of large, long-legged sandpipers belonging to the genus Totanus."
2132  
2133  Tattlery (n.) Idle talk or chat; tittle-tattle.
2134  
2135  Tattling (a.) Given to idle talk; apt to tell tales.
2136  
2137  "Tattoo (n.) A beat of drum, or sound of a trumpet or bugle, at night, giving notice to soldiers to retreat, or to repair to their quarters in garrison, or to their tents in camp."
2138  
2139  Tattooed (imp. & p. p.) of Tattoo
2140  
2141  Tattooing (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Tattoo
2142  
2143  "Tattoo (v. t.) To color, as the flesh, by pricking in coloring matter, so as to form marks or figures which can not be washed out."
2144  
2145  Tattoos (pl. ) of Tattoo
2146  
2147  "Tattoo (n.) An indelible mark or figure made by puncturing the skin and introducing some pigment into the punctures; -- a mode of ornamentation practiced by various barbarous races, both in ancient and modern times, and also by some among civilized nations, especially by sailors."
2148  
2149  Tatu (n.) Same as Tatou.
2150  
2151  "Tatusiid (n.) Any armadillo of the family Tatusiidae, of which the peba and mule armadillo are examples. Also used adjectively."
2152  
2153  Tau (n.) The common American toadfish; -- so called from a marking resembling the Greek letter tau (/).
2154  
2155  Taught (a.) See Taut.
2156  
2157  Taught () imp. & p. p. of Teach.
2158  
2159  "Taunt (a.) Very high or tall; as, a ship with taunt masts."
2160  
2161  Taunted (imp. & p. p.) of Taunt
2162  
2163  Taunting (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Taunt
2164  
2165  Taunt (v. t.) To reproach with severe or insulting words; to revile; to upbraid; to jeer at; to flout.
2166  
2167  Taunt (n.) Upbraiding language; bitter or sarcastic reproach; insulting invective.
2168  
2169  Taunter (n.) One who taunts.
2170  
2171  "Taunting () a. & n. from Taunt, v."
2172  
2173  Tauntingly (adv.) In a taunting manner.
2174  
2175  Tauntress (n.) A woman who taunts.
2176  
2177  Taur (n.) The constellation Taurus.
2178  
2179  Tauricornous (a.) Having horns like those of a bull.
2180  
2181  Tauridor (n.) A bullfighter; a toreador.
2182  
2183  Tauriform (a.) Having the form of a bull.
2184  
2185  "Taurine (a.) Of or pertaining to the genus Taurus, or cattle."
2186  
2187  "Taurine (n.) A body occurring in small quantity in the juices of muscle, in the lungs, and elsewhere, but especially in the bile, where it is found as a component part of taurocholic acid, from which it can be prepared by decomposition of the acid. It crystallizes in colorless, regular six-sided prisms, and is especially characterized by containing both nitrogen and sulphur, being chemically amido-isethionic acid, C2H7NSO3."
2188  
2189  "Taurocholate (n.) A salt of taurocholic acid; as, sodium taurocholate, which occurs in human bile."
2190  
2191  "Taurocholic (a.) Pertaining to, or designating, a conjugate acid (called taurocholic acid) composed of taurine and cholic acid, present abundantly in human bile and in that of carnivora. It is exceedingly deliquescent, and hence appears generally as a thick, gummy mass, easily soluble in water and alcohol. It has a bitter taste."
2192  
2193  Taurocol (n.) Alt. of Taurocolla
2194  
2195  Taurocolla (n.) Glue made from a bull's hide.
2196  
2197  Tauromachian (a.) Of or pertaining to bullfights.
2198  
2199  Tauromachian (n.) A bullfighter.
2200  
2201  Tauromachy (n.) Bullfighting.
2202  
2203  "Taurus (n.) The Bull; the second in order of the twelve signs of the zodiac, which the sun enters about the 20th of April; -- marked thus [/] in almanacs."
2204  
2205  "Taurus (n.) A zodiacal constellation, containing the well-known clusters called the Pleiades and the Hyades, in the latter of which is situated the remarkably bright Aldebaran."
2206  
2207  Taurus (n.) A genus of ruminants comprising the common domestic cattle.
2208  
2209  "Taurylic (a.) Pertaining to, or designating, an acid found of a urine of neat cattle, and probably identical with cresol."
2210  
2211  Taut (a.) Tight; stretched; not slack; -- said esp. of a rope that is tightly strained.
2212  
2213  Taut (a.) Snug; close; firm; secure.
2214  
2215  Tautegorical (a.) Expressing the same thing with different words; -- opposed to allegorical.
2216  
2217  "Tautochrone (n.) A curved line, such that a heavy body, descending along it by the action of gravity, will always arrive at the lowest point in the same time, wherever in the curve it may begin to fall; as, an inverted cycloid with its base horizontal is a tautochrone."
2218  
2219  "Tautochronous (a.) Occupying the same time; pertaining to, or having the properties of, a tautochrone."
2220  
2221  "Tautog (n.) An edible labroid fish (Haitula onitis, or Tautoga onitis) of the Atlantic coast of the United States. When adult it is nearly black, more or less irregularly barred, with greenish gray. Called also blackfish, oyster fish, salt-water chub, and moll."
2222  
2223  Tautologic (a.) Tautological.
2224  
2225  "Tautological (a.) Involving tautology; having the same signification; as, tautological expression."
2226  
2227  Tautologist (n.) One who uses tautological words or phrases.
2228  
2229  Tautologized (imp. & p. p.) of Tautologize
2230  
2231  Tautologizing (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Tautologize
2232  
2233  Tautologize (v. i.) To repeat the same thing in different words.
2234  
2235  Tautologous (a.) Repeating the same thing in different words; tautological.
2236  
2237  "Tautology (n.) A repetition of the same meaning in different words; needless repetition of an idea in different words or phrases; a representation of anything as the cause, condition, or consequence of itself, as in the following lines: --//The dawn is overcast, the morning lowers,/And heavily in clouds brings on the day. Addison."
2238  
2239  "Tautomeric (a.) Relating to, or characterized by, tautomerism."
2240  
2241  "Tautomerism (n.) The condition, quality, or relation of metameric substances, or their respective derivatives, which are more or less interchangeable, according as one form or the other is the more stable. It is a special case of metamerism; thus, the lactam and the lactim compounds exhibit tautomerism."
2242  
2243  Tautoousian (a.) Alt. of Tautoousious
2244  
2245  Tautoousious (a.) Having the same essence; being identically of the same nature.
2246  
2247  "Tautophonical (a.) Pertaining to, or characterized by, tautophony; repeating the same sound."
2248  
2249  Tautophony (n.) Repetition of the same sound.
2250  
2251  "Tautozonal (a.) Belonging to the same zone; as, tautozonal planes."
2252  
2253  "Tavern (n.) A public house where travelers and other transient guests are accomodated with rooms and meals; an inn; a hotel; especially, in modern times, a public house licensed to sell liquor in small quantities."
2254  
2255  Taverner (n.) One who keeps a tavern.
2256  
2257  Taverning (n.) A feasting at taverns.
2258  
2259  Tavernmen (pl. ) of Tavernman
2260  
2261  "Tavernman (n.) The keeper of a tavern; also, a tippler."
2262  
2263  Taw (n.) Tow.
2264  
2265  Taw (v. t.) To push; to tug; to tow.
2266  
2267  Tawed (imp. & p. p.) of Taw
2268  
2269  Tawing (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Taw
2270  
2271  "Taw (v. t.) To prepare or dress, as hemp, by beating; to tew; hence, to beat; to scourge."
2272  
2273  "Taw (v. t.) To dress and prepare, as the skins of sheep, lambs, goats, and kids, for gloves, and the like, by imbuing them with alum, salt, and other agents, for softening and bleaching them."
2274  
2275  "Taw (n.) A large marble to be played with; also, a game at marbles."
2276  
2277  Taw (n.) A line or mark from which the players begin a game of marbles.
2278  
2279  Tawdrily (adv.) In a tawdry manner.
2280  
2281  Tawdriness (n.) Quality or state of being tawdry.
2282  
2283  Tawdry (superl.) Bought at the festival of St. Audrey.
2284  
2285  "Tawdry (superl.) Very fine and showy in colors, without taste or elegance; having an excess of showy ornaments without grace; cheap and gaudy; as, a tawdry dress; tawdry feathers; tawdry colors."
2286  
2287  Tawdries (pl. ) of Tawdry
2288  
2289  "Tawdry (n.) A necklace of a rural fashion, bought at St. Audrey's fair; hence, a necklace in general."
2290  
2291  Tawer (n.) One who taws; a dresser of white leather.
2292  
2293  Tawery (n.) A place where skins are tawed.
2294  
2295  Tawniness (n.) The quality or state of being tawny.
2296  
2297  "Tawny (n.) Of a dull yellowish brown color, like things tanned, or persons who are sunburnt; as, tawny Moor or Spaniard; the tawny lion."
2298  
2299  "Taws (n.) A leather lash, or other instrument of punishment, used by a schoolmaster."
2300  
2301  "Tax (n.) A charge, especially a pecuniary burden which is imposed by authority."
2302  
2303  Tax (n.) A charge or burden laid upon persons or property for the support of a government.
2304  
2305  "Tax (n.) Especially, the sum laid upon specific things, as upon polls, lands, houses, income, etc.; as, a land tax; a window tax; a tax on carriages, and the like."
2306  
2307  Tax (n.) A sum imposed or levied upon the members of a society to defray its expenses.
2308  
2309  "Tax (n.) A task exacted from one who is under control; a contribution or service, the rendering of which is imposed upon a subject."
2310  
2311  "Tax (n.) A disagreeable or burdensome duty or charge; as, a heavy tax on time or health."
2312  
2313  Tax (n.) Charge; censure.
2314  
2315  Tax (n.) A lesson to be learned; a task.
2316  
2317  Taxed (imp. & p. p.) of Tax
2318  
2319  Taxing (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Tax
2320  
2321  "Tax (n.) To subject to the payment of a tax or taxes; to impose a tax upon; to lay a burden upon; especially, to exact money from for the support of government."
2322  
2323  "Tax (n.) To assess, fix, or determine judicially, the amount of; as, to tax the cost of an action in court."
2324  
2325  "Tax (n.) To charge; to accuse; also, to censure; -- often followed by with, rarely by of before an indirect object; as, to tax a man with pride."
2326  
2327  Taxability (n.) The quality or state of being taxable; taxableness.
2328  
2329  "Taxable (a.) Capable of being taxed; liable by law to the assessment of taxes; as, taxable estate; taxable commodities."
2330  
2331  "Taxable (a.) That may be legally charged by a court against the plaintiff of defendant in a suit; as, taxable costs."
2332  
2333  "Taxaspidean (a.) Having the posterior tarsal scales, or scutella, rectangular and arranged in regular rows; -- said of certain birds."
2334  
2335  "Taxation (n.) The act of laying a tax, or of imposing taxes, as on the subjects of a state, by government, or on the members of a corporation or company, by the proper authority; the raising of revenue; also, a system of raising revenue."
2336  
2337  "Taxation (n.) The act of taxing, or assessing a bill of cost."
2338  
2339  Taxation (n.) Tax; sum imposed.
2340  
2341  Taxation (n.) Charge; accusation.
2342  
2343  Taxel (n.) The American badger.
2344  
2345  Taxeopoda (n. pl.) An order of extinct Mammalia found in the Tertiary formations.
2346  
2347  Taxer (n.) One who taxes.
2348  
2349  "Taxer (n.) One of two officers chosen yearly to regulate the assize of bread, and to see the true gauge of weights and measures is observed."
2350  
2351  Taxgatherer (n.) One who collects taxes or revenues.
2352  
2353  Taxiarch (n.) An Athenian military officer commanding a certain division of an army.
2354  
2355  Taxicorn (n.) One of a family of beetles (Taxicornes) whose antennae are largest at the tip. Also used adjectively.
2356  
2357  Taxidermic (a.) Of or pertaining to the art of preparing and preserving the skins of animals.
2358  
2359  Taxidermist (n.) A person skilled in taxidermy.
2360  
2361  "Taxidermy (v. t.) The art of preparing, preserving, and mounting the skins of animals so as to represent their natural appearance, as for cabinets."
2362  
2363  Taxine (n.) A poisonous alkaloid of bitter taste extracted from the leaves and seeds of the European yew (Taxus baccata). Called also taxia.
2364  
2365  "Taxis (n.) Manipulation applied to a hernial tumor, or to an intestinal obstruction, for the purpose of reducing it."
2366  
2367  Taxless (a.) Free from taxation.
2368  
2369  Taxology (n.) Same as Taxonomy.
2370  
2371  "Taxonomic (a.) Pertaining to, or involving, taxonomy, or the laws and principles of classification; classificatory."
2372  
2373  Taxonomist (n.) One skilled in taxonomy.
2374  
2375  Taxonomy (n.) That division of the natural sciences which treats of the classification of animals and plants; the laws or principles of classification.
2376  
2377  "Taxor (n.) Same as Taxer, n., 2."
2378  
2379  Taxpayer (n.) One who is assessed and pays a tax.
2380  
2381  "Tayra (n.) A South American carnivore (Galera barbara) allied to the grison. The tail is long and thick. The length, including the tail, is about three feet."
2382  
2383  Tazel (n.) The teasel.
2384  
2385  "Tazza (n.) An ornamental cup or vase with a large, flat, shallow bowl, resting on a pedestal and often having handles."
2386  
2387  Tchawytcha (n.) The quinnat salmon.
2388  
2389  T cart () See under T.
2390  
2391  "Tea (n.) The prepared leaves of a shrub, or small tree (Thea, / Camellia, Chinensis). The shrub is a native of China, but has been introduced to some extent into some other countries."
2392  
2393  "Tea (n.) A decoction or infusion of tea leaves in boiling water; as, tea is a common beverage."
2394  
2395  "Tea (n.) Any infusion or decoction, especially when made of the dried leaves of plants; as, sage tea; chamomile tea; catnip tea."
2396  
2397  "Tea (n.) The evening meal, at which tea is usually served; supper."
2398  
2399  Tea (v. i.) To take or drink tea.
2400  
2401  Teaberry (n.) The checkerberry.
2402  
2403  Taught (imp. & p. p.) of Teach
2404  
2405  Teaching (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Teach
2406  
2407  "Teach (v. t.) To impart the knowledge of; to give intelligence concerning; to impart, as knowledge before unknown, or rules for practice; to inculcate as true or important; to exhibit impressively; as, to teach arithmetic, dancing, music, or the like; to teach morals."
2408  
2409  "Teach (v. t.) To direct, as an instructor; to manage, as a preceptor; to guide the studies of; to instruct; to inform; to conduct through a course of studies; as, to teach a child or a class."
2410  
2411  Teach (v. t.) To accustom; to guide; to show; to admonish.
2412  
2413  "Teach (v. i.) To give instruction; to follow the business, or to perform the duties, of a preceptor."
2414  
2415  "Teachable (a.) Capable of being taught; apt to learn; also, willing to receive instruction; docile."
2416  
2417  Teachableness (n.) Willingness to be taught.
2418  
2419  "Teache (n.) One of the series of boilers in which the cane juice is treated in making sugar; especially, the last boiler of the series."
2420  
2421  Teacher (n.) One who teaches or instructs; one whose business or occupation is to instruct others; an instructor; a tutor.
2422  
2423  "Teacher (n.) One who instructs others in religion; a preacher; a minister of the gospel; sometimes, one who preaches without regular ordination."
2424  
2425  "Teaching (n.) The act or business of instructing; also, that which is taught; instruction."
2426  
2427  Teachless (a.) Not teachable.
2428  
2429  Teacup (n.) A small cup from which to drink tea.
2430  
2431  Teacupfuls (pl. ) of Teacupful
2432  
2433  Teacupful (n.) As much as a teacup can hold; enough to fill a teacup.
2434  
2435  Tead (n.) Alt. of Teade
2436  
2437  Teade (n.) A torch.
2438  
2439  Teagle (n.) A hoisting apparatus; an elevator; a crane; a lift.
2440  
2441  Teague (n.) An Irishman; -- a term used in contempt.
2442  
2443  "Teak (n.) A tree of East Indies (Tectona grandis) which furnishes an extremely strong and durable timber highly valued for shipbuilding and other purposes; also, the timber of the tree."
2444  
2445  "Teakettle (n.) A kettle in which water is boiled for making tea, coffee, etc."
2446  
2447  "Teal (n.) Any one of several species of small fresh-water ducks of the genus Anas and the subgenera Querquedula and Nettion. The male is handsomely colored, and has a bright green or blue speculum on the wings."
2448  
2449  "Team (n.) A group of young animals, especially of young ducks; a brood; a litter."
2450  
2451  "Team (n.) Hence, a number of animals moving together."
2452  
2453  "Team (n.) Two or more horses, oxen, or other beasts harnessed to the same vehicle for drawing, as to a coach, wagon, sled, or the like."
2454  
2455  "Team (n.) A number of persons associated together in any work; a gang; especially, a number of persons selected to contend on one side in a match, or a series of matches, in a cricket, football, rowing, etc."
2456  
2457  Team (n.) A flock of wild ducks.
2458  
2459  "Team (n.) A royalty or privilege granted by royal charter to a lord of a manor, of having, keeping, and judging in his court, his bondmen, neifes, and villains, and their offspring, or suit, that is, goods and chattels, and appurtenances thereto."
2460  
2461  "Team (v. i.) To engage in the occupation of driving a team of horses, cattle, or the like, as in conveying or hauling lumber, goods, etc.; to be a teamster."
2462  
2463  "Team (v. t.) To convey or haul with a team; as, to team lumber."
2464  
2465  "Teamed (a.) Yoked in, or as in, a team."
2466  
2467  "Teaming (n.) The act or occupation of driving a team, or of hauling or carrying, as logs, goods, or the like, with a team."
2468  
2469  Teaming (n.) Contract work.
2470  
2471  Teamster (n.) One who drives a team.
2472  
2473  "Teamwork (n.) Work done by a team, as distinguished from that done by personal labor."
2474  
2475  "Teapot (n.) A vessel with a spout, in which tea is made, and from which it is poured into teacups."
2476  
2477  "Teapoy (n.) An ornamental stand, usually with three legs, having caddies for holding tea."
2478  
2479  "Tear (n.) A drop of the limpid, saline fluid secreted, normally in small amount, by the lachrymal gland, and diffused between the eye and the eyelids to moisten the parts and facilitate their motion. Ordinarily the secretion passes through the lachrymal duct into the nose, but when it is increased by emotion or other causes, it overflows the lids."
2480  
2481  "Tear (n.) Something in the form of a transparent drop of fluid matter; also, a solid, transparent, tear-shaped drop, as of some balsams or resins."
2482  
2483  Tear (n.) That which causes or accompanies tears; a lament; a dirge.
2484  
2485  Tore (imp.) of Tear
2486  
2487  Tare () of Tear
2488  
2489  Torn (p. p.) of Tear
2490  
2491  Tearing (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Tear
2492  
2493  "Tear (v. t.) To separate by violence; to pull apart by force; to rend; to lacerate; as, to tear cloth; to tear a garment; to tear the skin or flesh."
2494  
2495  "Tear (v. t.) Hence, to divide by violent measures; to disrupt; to rend; as, a party or government torn by factions."
2496  
2497  "Tear (v. t.) To rend away; to force away; to remove by force; to sunder; as, a child torn from its home."
2498  
2499  "Tear (v. t.) To pull with violence; as, to tear the hair."
2500  
2501  Tear (v. t.) To move violently; to agitate.
2502  
2503  "Tear (v. i.) To divide or separate on being pulled; to be rent; as, this cloth tears easily."
2504  
2505  "Tear (v. i.) To move and act with turbulent violence; to rush with violence; hence, to rage; to rave."
2506  
2507  "Tear (n.) The act of tearing, or the state of being torn; a rent; a fissure."
2508  
2509  "Tearer (n.) One who tears or rends anything; also, one who rages or raves with violence."
2510  
2511  Tear-falling (a.) Shedding tears; tender.
2512  
2513  "Tearful (a.) Abounding with tears; weeping; shedding tears; as, tearful eyes."
2514  
2515  Tearless (a.) Shedding no tears; free from tears; unfeeling.
2516  
2517  Tearpit (n.) A cavity or pouch beneath the lower eyelid of most deer and antelope; the lachrymal sinus; larmier. It is capable of being opened at pleasure and secretes a waxy substance.
2518  
2519  "Tear-thumb (n.) A name given to several species of plants of the genus Polygonum, having angular stems beset with minute reflexed prickles."
2520  
2521  Teary (a.) Wet with tears; tearful.
2522  
2523  "Teary (a.) Consisting of tears, or drops like tears."
2524  
2525  Tea-saucer (n.) A small saucer in which a teacup is set.
2526  
2527  Teased (imp. & p. p.) of Tease
2528  
2529  Teasing (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Tease
2530  
2531  "Tease (v. t.) To comb or card, as wool or flax."
2532  
2533  "Tease (v. t.) To stratch, as cloth, for the purpose of raising a nap; teasel."
2534  
2535  "Tease (v. t.) To tear or separate into minute shreds, as with needles or similar instruments."
2536  
2537  "Tease (v. t.) To vex with importunity or impertinence; to harass, annoy, disturb, or irritate by petty requests, or by jests and raillery; to plague."
2538  
2539  Tease (n.) One who teases or plagues.
2540  
2541  "Teasel (n.) A plant of the genus Dipsacus, of which one species (D. fullonum) bears a large flower head covered with stiff, prickly, hooked bracts. This flower head, when dried, is used for raising a nap on woolen cloth."
2542  
2543  Teasel (n.) A bur of this plant.
2544  
2545  Teasel (n.) Any contrivance intended as a substitute for teasels in dressing cloth.
2546  
2547  Teaseled (imp. & p. p.) of Teasel
2548  
2549  Teaselled () of Teasel
2550  
2551  Teaseling (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Teasel
2552  
2553  Teaselling () of Teasel
2554  
2555  "Teasel (v. t.) To subject, as woolen cloth, to the action of teasels, or any substitute for them which has an effect to raise a nap."
2556  
2557  Teaseler (n.) One who uses teasels for raising a nap on cloth.
2558  
2559  Teaseling (n.) The cutting and gathering of teasels; the use of teasels.
2560  
2561  Teaser (n.) One who teases or vexes.
2562  
2563  Teaser (n.) A jager gull.
2564  
2565  Teasle (n. & v. t.) See Teasel.
2566  
2567  "Teaspoon (n.) A small spoon used in stirring and sipping tea, coffee, etc., and for other purposes."
2568  
2569  Teaspoonfuls (pl. ) of Teaspoonful
2570  
2571  Teaspoonful (n.) As much as teaspoon will hold; enough to fill a teaspoon; -- usually reckoned at a fluid dram or one quarter of a tablespoonful.
2572  
2573  Teat (n.) The protuberance through which milk is drawn from the udder or breast of a mammal; a nipple; a pap; a mammilla; a dug; a tit.
2574  
2575  Teat (n.) A small protuberance or nozzle resembling the teat of an animal.
2576  
2577  Teated (a.) Having protuberances resembling the teat of an animal.
2578  
2579  Teathe (n. & v.) See Tath.
2580  
2581  Teatish (a.) Peevish; tettish; fretful; -- said of a child. See Tettish.
2582  
2583  Teaze-hole (n.) The opening in the furnaces through which fuel is introduced.
2584  
2585  Teazel (n. & v. t.) See Teasel.
2586  
2587  "Teazer (n.) The stoker or fireman of a furnace, as in glass works."
2588  
2589  Teazle (n. & v. t.) See Teasel.
2590  
2591  "Tebeth (n.) The tenth month of the Jewish ecclesiastical year, answering to a part of December with a part of January."
2592  
2593  Techily (adv.) In a techy manner.
2594  
2595  Techiness (n.) The quality or state of being techy.
2596  
2597  Technic (a.) Technical.
2598  
2599  Technic (a.) The method of performance in any art; technical skill; artistic execution; technique.
2600  
2601  Technic (a.) Technical terms or objects; things pertaining to the practice of an art or science.
2602  
2603  "Technical (a.) Of or pertaining to the useful or mechanic arts, or to any science, business, or the like; specially appropriate to any art, science, or business; as, the words of an indictment must be technical."
2604  
2605  Technicalities (pl. ) of Technicality
2606  
2607  Technicality (n.) The quality or state of being technical; technicalness.
2608  
2609  "Technicality (n.) That which is technical, or peculiar to any trade, profession, sect, or the like."
2610  
2611  "Technically (adv.) In a technical manner; according to the signification of terms as used in any art, business, or profession."
2612  
2613  Technicalness (n.) The quality or state of being technical; technicality.
2614  
2615  "Technicals (n. pl.) Those things which pertain to the practical part of an art, science, or profession; technical terms; technics."
2616  
2617  Technicist (n.) One skilled in technics or in one or more of the practical arts.
2618  
2619  Technicological (a.) Technological; technical.
2620  
2621  Technicology (n.) Technology.
2622  
2623  Technics (n.) The doctrine of arts in general; such branches of learning as respect the arts.
2624  
2625  "Technique (n.) Same as Technic, n."
2626  
2627  Technism (n.) Technicality.
2628  
2629  Technologic (a.) Technological.
2630  
2631  Technological (a.) Of or pertaining to technology.
2632  
2633  "Technologist (n.) One skilled in technology; one who treats of arts, or of the terms of arts."
2634  
2635  "Technology (n.) Industrial science; the science of systematic knowledge of the industrial arts, especially of the more important manufactures, as spinning, weaving, metallurgy, etc."
2636  
2637  Techy (a.) Peevish; fretful; irritable.
2638  
2639  Tectibranch (n.) One of the Tectibranchiata. Also used adjectively.
2640  
2641  Tectibranchia (n. pl.) Same as Tectibranchiata.
2642  
2643  "Tectibranchiata (n. pl.) An order, or suborder, of gastropod Mollusca in which the gills are usually situated on one side of the back, and protected by a fold of the mantle. When there is a shell, it is usually thin and delicate and often rudimentary. The aplysias and the bubble shells are examples."
2644  
2645  Tectibranchiate (a.) Having the gills covered by the mantle; of or pertaining to the Tectibranchiata.
2646  
2647  Tectibranchiate (n.) A tectibranchiate mollusk.
2648  
2649  Tectly (adv.) Covertly; privately; secretly.
2650  
2651  "Tectology (n.) A division of morphology created by Haeckel; the science of organic individuality constituting the purely structural portion of morphology, in which the organism is regarded as composed of organic individuals of different orders, each organ being considered an individual. See Promorphology, and Morphon."
2652  
2653  Tectonic (a.) Of or pertaining to building or construction; architectural.
2654  
2655  "Tectonics (n.) The science, or the art, by which implements, vessels, dwellings, or other edifices, are constructed, both agreeably to the end for which they are designed, and in conformity with artistic sentiments and ideas."
2656  
2657  Tectorial (a.) Of or pertaining to covering; -- applied to a membrane immediately over the organ of Corti in the internal ear.
2658  
2659  "Tectrices (n. pl.) The wing coverts of a bird. See Covert, and Illust. of Bird."
2660  
2661  Tecum (n.) See Tucum.
2662  
2663  Tedded (imp. & p. p.) of Ted
2664  
2665  Tedding (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Ted
2666  
2667  "Ted (v. t.) To spread, or turn from the swath, and scatter for drying, as new-mowed grass; -- chiefly used in the past participle."
2668  
2669  "Tedder (n.) A machine for stirring and spreading hay, to expedite its drying."
2670  
2671  Tedder (n.) Same as Tether.
2672  
2673  Teddered (imp. & p. p.) of Tedder
2674  
2675  Teddering (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Tedder
2676  
2677  Tedder (v. t.) Same as Tether.
2678  
2679  "Te Deum () An ancient and celebrated Christian hymn, of uncertain authorship, but often ascribed to St. Ambrose; -- so called from the first words ""Te Deum laudamus."" It forms part of the daily matins of the Roman Catholic breviary, and is sung on all occasions of thanksgiving. In its English form, commencing with words, ""We praise thee, O God,"" it forms a part of the regular morning service of the Church of England and the Protestant Episcopal Church in America."
2680  
2681  Te Deum () A religious service in which the singing of the hymn forms a principal part.
2682  
2683  "Tedge (n.) The gate of a mold, through which the melted metal is poured; runner, geat."
2684  
2685  Tediosity (n.) Tediousness.
2686  
2687  "Tedious (a.) Involving tedium; tiresome from continuance, prolixity, slowness, or the like; wearisome."
2688  
2689  Tedium (n.) Irksomeness; wearisomeness; tediousness.
2690  
2691  Tee (n.) The mark aimed at in curling and in quoits.
2692  
2693  Tee (n.) The nodule of earth from which the ball is struck in golf.
2694  
2695  "Tee (n.) A short piece of pipe having a lateral outlet, used to connect a line of pipe with a pipe at a right angle with the line; -- so called because it resembles the letter T in shape."
2696  
2697  "Tee iron () See T iron, under T."
2698  
2699  Teek (n.) See Teak.
2700  
2701  Teel (n.) Sesame.
2702  
2703  Teelseed (n.) The seed of sesame.
2704  
2705  "Teem (v. t.) To pour; -- commonly followed by out; as, to teem out ale."
2706  
2707  "Teem (v. t.) To pour, as steel, from a melting pot; to fill, as a mold, with molten metal."
2708  
2709  Teem (a.) To think fit.
2710  
2711  Teemed (imp. & p. p.) of Teem
2712  
2713  Teeming (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Teem
2714  
2715  "Teem (v. i.) To bring forth young, as an animal; to produce fruit, as a plant; to bear; to be pregnant; to conceive; to multiply."
2716  
2717  "Teem (v. i.) To be full, or ready to bring forth; to be stocked to overflowing; to be prolific; to abound."
2718  
2719  Teem (v. t.) To produce; to bring forth.
2720  
2721  "Teemer (n.) One who teems, or brings forth."
2722  
2723  Teemful (a.) Pregnant; prolific.
2724  
2725  Teemful (a.) Brimful.
2726  
2727  Teeming (a.) Prolific; productive.
2728  
2729  "Teemless (a.) Not fruitful or prolific; barren; as, a teemless earth."
2730  
2731  Teen (n.) Grief; sorrow; affiction; pain.
2732  
2733  Teen (n.) To excite; to provoke; to vex; to affict; to injure.
2734  
2735  Teen (v. t.) To hedge or fence in; to inclose.
2736  
2737  Teenage (n.) The longer wood for making or mending fences.
2738  
2739  Teend (v. t. & i.) To kindle; to burn.
2740  
2741  Teenful (a.) Full of teen; harmful; grievous; grieving; afflicted.
2742  
2743  "Teens (n. pl.) The years of one's age having the termination -teen, beginning with thirteen and ending with nineteen; as, a girl in her teens."
2744  
2745  Teeny (a.) Very small; tiny.
2746  
2747  Teeny (a.) Fretful; peevish; pettish; cross.
2748  
2749  Teeong (n.) The mino bird.
2750  
2751  "Teest (n.) A tinsmith's stake, or small anvil."
2752  
2753  Teetan (n.) A pipit.
2754  
2755  "Teetee (n.) Any one of several species of small, soft-furred South American monkeys belonging to Callithrix, Chrysothrix, and allied genera; as, the collared teetee (Callithrix torquatus), and the squirrel teetee (Chrysothrix sciurea). Called also pinche, titi, and saimiri. See Squirrel monkey, under Squirrel."
2756  
2757  Teetee (n.) A diving petrel of Australia (Halodroma wrinatrix).
2758  
2759  Teetered (imp. & p. p.) of Teeter
2760  
2761  Teetering (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Teeter
2762  
2763  "Teeter (v. i. & t.) To move up and down on the ends of a balanced plank, or the like, as children do for sport; to seesaw; to titter; to titter-totter."
2764  
2765  Teeter-tail (n.) The spotted sandpiper. See the Note under Sandpiper.
2766  
2767  Teeth (n.) pl. of Tooth.
2768  
2769  Teethed (imp. & p. p.) of Teeth
2770  
2771  Teething (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Teeth
2772  
2773  "Teeth (v. i.) To breed, or grow, teeth."
2774  
2775  "Teething (n.) The process of the first growth of teeth, or the phenomena attending their issue through the gums; dentition."
2776  
2777  Teetotal (a.) Entire; total.
2778  
2779  Teetotaler (n.) One pledged to entire abstinence from all intoxicating drinks.
2780  
2781  "Teetotalism (n.) The principle or practice of entire abstinence, esp. from intoxicating drinks."
2782  
2783  Teetotally (adv.) Entirely; totally.
2784  
2785  "Teetotum (n.) A child's toy, somewhat resembling a top, and twirled by the fingers."
2786  
2787  Teetuck (n.) The rock pipit.
2788  
2789  Teeuck (n.) The lapwing.
2790  
2791  Teewit (n.) The pewit.
2792  
2793  "Teg (n.) A sheep in its second year; also, a doe in its second year."
2794  
2795  Tegmina (pl. ) of Tegmen
2796  
2797  Tegmen (n.) A tegument or covering.
2798  
2799  "Tegmen (n.) The inner layer of the coating of a seed, usually thin and delicate; the endopleura."
2800  
2801  "Tegmen (n.) One of the elytra of an insect, especially of certain Orthoptera."
2802  
2803  Tegmen (n.) Same as Tectrices.
2804  
2805  "Tegmental (a.) Of or pertaining to a tegument or tegmentum; as, the tegmental layer of the epiblast; the tegmental cells of the taste buds."
2806  
2807  Tegmenta (pl. ) of Tegmentum
2808  
2809  Tegmentum (n.) A covering; -- applied especially to the bundles of longitudinal fibers in the upper part of the crura of the cerebrum.
2810  
2811  "Teguexin (n.) A large South American lizard (Tejus teguexin). It becomes three or four feet long, and is blackish above, marked with yellowish spots of various sizes. It feeds upon fruits, insects, reptiles, young birds, and birds' eggs. The closely allied species Tejus rufescens is called red teguexin."
2812  
2813  Tegulae (pl. ) of Tegula
2814  
2815  Tegula (n.) A small appendage situated above the base of the wings of Hymenoptera and attached to the mesonotum.
2816  
2817  "Tegular (a.) Of or pertaining to a tile; resembling a tile, or arranged like tiles; consisting of tiles; as, a tegular pavement."
2818  
2819  "Tegulated (a.) Composed of small plates, as of horn or metal, overlapping like tiles; -- said of a kind of ancient armor."
2820  
2821  Tegument (n.) A cover or covering; an integument.
2822  
2823  "Tegument (n.) Especially, the covering of a living body, or of some part or organ of such a body; skin; hide."
2824  
2825  Tegumentary (a.) Of or pertaining to a tegument or teguments; consisting of teguments; serving as a tegument or covering.
2826  
2827  Te-hee (n. & interj.) A tittering laugh; a titter.
2828  
2829  Te-hee (v. i.) To titter; to laugh derisively.
2830  
2831  "Teil (n.) The lime tree, or linden; -- called also teil tree."
2832  
2833  Teind (n.) A tithe.
2834  
2835  Teine (n.) See Teyne.
2836  
2837  Teinland (n.) Land granted by the crown to a thane or lord.
2838  
2839  Teinoscope (n.) An instrument formed by combining prisms so as to correct the chromatic aberration of the light while linear dimensions of objects seen through the prisms are increased or diminished; -- called also prism telescope.
2840  
2841  "Teint (n.) Tint; color; tinge, See Tint."
2842  
2843  Teinture (n.) Color; tinge; tincture.
2844  
2845  Tek (n.) A Siberian ibex.
2846  
2847  Telamones (n. pl.) Same as Atlantes.
2848  
2849  Telangiectasis (n.) Dilatation of the capillary vessels.
2850  
2851  Telangiectasy (n.) Telangiectasis.
2852  
2853  Telarly (adv.) In a weblike manner.
2854  
2855  "Telary (a.) Of or pertaining to a web; hence, spinning webs; retiary."
2856  
2857  "Teledu (n.) An East Indian carnivore (Mydaus meliceps) allied to the badger, and noted for the very offensive odor that it emits, somewhat resembling that of a skunk. It is a native of the high mountains of Java and Sumatra, and has long, silky fur. Called also stinking badger, and stinkard."
2858  
2859  Telegram (n.) A message sent by telegraph; a telegraphic dispatch.
2860  
2861  "Telegrammic (a.) Pertaining to, or resembling, a telegram; laconic; concise; brief."
2862  
2863  "Telegraph (n.) An apparatus, or a process, for communicating intelligence rapidly between distant points, especially by means of preconcerted visible or audible signals representing words or ideas, or by means of words and signs, transmitted by electrical action."
2864  
2865  Telegraphed (imp. & p. p.) of Telegraph
2866  
2867  Telegraphing (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Telegraph
2868  
2869  Telegraph (v. t.) To convey or announce by telegraph.
2870  
2871  Telegrapher (n.) One who sends telegraphic messages; a telegraphic operator; a telegraphist.
2872  
2873  "Telegraphic (a.) Of or pertaining to the telegraph; made or communicated by a telegraph; as, telegraphic signals; telegraphic art; telegraphic intelligence."
2874  
2875  Telegraphical (a.) Telegraphic.
2876  
2877  Telegraphist (n.) One skilled in telegraphy; a telegrapher.
2878  
2879  "Telegraphy (n.) The science or art of constructing, or of communicating by means of, telegraphs; as, submarine telegraphy."
2880  
2881  "Telemeter (n.) An instrument used for measuring the distance of an object from an observer; as, a telescope with a micrometer for measuring the apparent diameter of an object whose real dimensions are known."
2882  
2883  "Teleocephial (n. pl.) An extensive order of bony fishes including most of the common market species, as bass, salmon, cod, perch, etc."
2884  
2885  "Teleological (a.) Of or pertaining to teleology, or the doctrine of design."
2886  
2887  Teleologist (n.) One versed in teleology.
2888  
2889  Teleology (n.) The doctrine of the final causes of things
2890  
2891  "Teleology (n.) the doctrine of design, which assumes that the phenomena of organic life, particularly those of evolution, are explicable only by purposive causes, and that they in no way admit of a mechanical explanation or one based entirely on biological science; the doctrine of adaptation to purpose."
2892  
2893  Teleophore (n.) Same as Gonotheca.
2894  
2895  "Teleorganic (a.) Vital; as, teleorganic functions."
2896  
2897  "Teleosaur (n.) Any one of several species of fossil suarians belonging to Teleosaurus and allied genera. These reptiles are related to the crocodiles, but have biconcave vertebrae."
2898  
2899  "Teleosaurus (n.) A genus of extinct crocodilian reptiles of the Jurassic period, having a long and slender snout."
2900  
2901  Teleost (n.) One of the Teleosti. Also used adjectively.
2902  
2903  Teleostean (a.) Of or pertaining to the teleosts.
2904  
2905  Teleostean (n.) A teleostean fish.
2906  
2907  Teleostei (n. pl.) A subclass of fishes including all the ordinary bony fishes as distinguished from the ganoids.
2908  
2909  Teleostomi (n. pl.) An extensive division of fishes including the ordinary fishes (Teleostei) and the ganoids.
2910  
2911  Teleozoic (a.) Having tissued composed of cells.
2912  
2913  Teleozoon (n.) A metazoan.
2914  
2915  "Telepathy (n.) The sympathetic affection of one mind by the thoughts, feelings, or emotions of another at a distance, without communication through the ordinary channels of sensation."
2916  
2917  Telepheme (n.) A message by a telephone.
2918  
2919  "Telephone (n.) An instrument for reproducing sounds, especially articulate speech, at a distance."
2920  
2921  Telephone (v. t.) To convey or announce by telephone.
2922  
2923  Telephonic (a.) Conveying sound to a great distance.
2924  
2925  Telephonic (a.) Of or pertaining to the telephone; by the telephone.
2926  
2927  Telephonically (adv.) By telephonic means or processes; by the use of the telephone.
2928  
2929  "Telephony (n.) The art or process of reproducing sounds at a distance, as with the telephone."
2930  
2931  Telepolariscope (n.) A polariscope arranged to be attached to a telescope.
2932  
2933  "Telerythin (n.) A red crystalline compound related to, or produced from, erythrin. So called because regarded as the end of the series of erythrin compounds."
2934  
2935  "Telescope (n.) An optical instrument used in viewing distant objects, as the heavenly bodies."
2936  
2937  Telescoped (imp. & p. p.) of Telescope
2938  
2939  Telescoping (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Telescope
2940  
2941  "Telescope (a.) To slide or pass one within another, after the manner of the sections of a small telescope or spyglass; to come into collision, as railway cars, in such a manner that one runs into another."
2942  
2943  "Telescope (v. t.) To cause to come into collision, so as to telescope."
2944  
2945  Telescopic (a.) Alt. of Telescopical
2946  
2947  Telescopical (a.) Of or pertaining to a telescope; performed by a telescope.
2948  
2949  "Telescopical (a.) Seen or discoverable only by a telescope; as, telescopic stars."
2950  
2951  "Telescopical (a.) Able to discern objects at a distance; farseeing; far-reaching; as, a telescopic eye; telescopic vision."
2952  
2953  "Telescopical (a.) Having the power of extension by joints sliding one within another, like the tube of a small telescope or a spyglass; especially (Mach.), constructed of concentric tubes, either stationary, as in the telescopic boiler, or movable, as in the telescopic chimney of a war vessel, which may be put out of sight by being lowered endwise."
2954  
2955  Telescopically (adv.) In a telescopical manner; by or with the telescope.
2956  
2957  Telescopist (n.) One who uses a telescope.
2958  
2959  Telescopy (n.) The art or practice of using or making telescopes.
2960  
2961  Telesm (n.) A kind of amulet or magical charm.
2962  
2963  Telesmatic (a.) Alt. of Telesmatical
2964  
2965  Telesmatical (a.) Of or pertaining to telesms; magical.
2966  
2967  "Telespectroscope (n.) A spectroscope arranged to be attached to a telescope for observation of distant objects, as the sun or stars."
2968  
2969  Telestereoscope (n.) A stereoscope adapted to view distant natural objects or landscapes; a telescopic stereoscope.
2970  
2971  Telestic (a.) Tending or relating to a purpose or an end.
2972  
2973  "Telestich (n.) A poem in which the final letters of the lines, taken consequently, make a name. Cf. Acrostic."
2974  
2975  "Telethermometer (n.) An apparatus for determining the temperature of a distant point, as by a thermoelectric circuit or otherwise."
2976  
2977  "Teleutospore (n.) The thick-celled winter or resting spore of the rusts (order Uredinales), produced in late summer. See Illust. of Uredospore."
2978  
2979  "Telic (a.) Denoting the final end or purpose, as distinguished from ecbatic. See Ecbatic."
2980  
2981  Told (imp. & p. p.) of Tell
2982  
2983  Telling (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Tell
2984  
2985  "Tell (v. t.) To mention one by one, or piece by piece; to recount; to enumerate; to reckon; to number; to count; as, to tell money."
2986  
2987  Tell (v. t.) To utter or recite in detail; to give an account of; to narrate.
2988  
2989  Tell (v. t.) To make known; to publish; to disclose; to divulge.
2990  
2991  Tell (v. t.) To give instruction to; to make report to; to acquaint; to teach; to inform.
2992  
2993  Tell (v. t.) To order; to request; to command.
2994  
2995  "Tell (v. t.) To discern so as to report; to ascertain by observing; to find out; to discover; as, I can not tell where one color ends and the other begins."
2996  
2997  Tell (v. t.) To make account of; to regard; to reckon; to value; to estimate.
2998  
2999  Tell (v. i.) To give an account; to make report.
3000  
3001  "Tell (v. i.) To take effect; to produce a marked effect; as, every shot tells; every expression tells."
3002  
3003  Tell (n.) That which is told; tale; account.
3004  
3005  Tell (n.) A hill or mound.
3006  
3007  Tellable (a.) Capable of being told.
3008  
3009  Tellen (n.) Any species of Tellina.
3010  
3011  "Teller (n.) One who tells, relates, or communicates; an informer, narrator, or describer."
3012  
3013  "Teller (n.) One of four officers of the English Exchequer, formerly appointed to receive moneys due to the king and to pay moneys payable by the king."
3014  
3015  "Teller (n.) An officer of a bank who receives and counts over money paid in, and pays money out on checks."
3016  
3017  "Teller (n.) One who is appointed to count the votes given in a legislative body, public meeting, assembly, etc."
3018  
3019  Tellership (n.) The office or employment of a teller.
3020  
3021  "Tellina (n.) A genus of marine bivalve mollusks having thin, delicate, and often handsomely colored shells."
3022  
3023  "Telling (a.) Operating with great effect; effective; as, a telling speech."
3024  
3025  Telltale (a.) Telling tales; babbling.
3026  
3027  Telltale (n.) One who officiously communicates information of the private concerns of others; one who tells that which prudence should suppress.
3028  
3029  "Telltale (n.) A movable piece of ivory, lead, or other material, connected with the bellows of an organ, that gives notice, by its position, when the wind is exhausted."
3030  
3031  "Telltale (n.) A mechanical attachment to the steering wheel, which, in the absence of a tiller, shows the position of the helm."
3032  
3033  "Telltale (n.) A compass in the cabin of a vessel, usually placed where the captain can see it at all hours, and thus inform himself of the vessel's course."
3034  
3035  "Telltale (n.) A machine or contrivance for indicating or recording something, particularly for keeping a check upon employees, as factory hands, watchmen, drivers, check takers, and the like, by revealing to their employers what they have done or omitted."
3036  
3037  Telltale (n.) The tattler. See Tattler.
3038  
3039  Tellural (a.) Of or pertaining to the earth.
3040  
3041  Tellurate (n.) A salt of telluric acid.
3042  
3043  Telluret (n.) A telluride.
3044  
3045  Tellureted (n.) Combined or impregnated with tellurium; tellurized.
3046  
3047  "Tellurhydric (a.) Of, pertaining to, or designating, hydrogen telluride, which is regarded as an acid, especially when in solution."
3048  
3049  Tellurian (a.) Of or pertaining to the earth.
3050  
3051  Tellurian (n.) A dweller on the earth.
3052  
3053  "Tellurian (n.) An instrument for showing the operation of the causes which produce the succession of day and night, and the changes of the seasons."
3054  
3055  Telluric (a.) Of or pertaining to the earth; proceeding from the earth.
3056  
3057  "Telluric (a.) Of or pertaining to tellurium; derived from, or resembling, tellurium; specifically, designating those compounds in which the element has a higher valence as contrasted with tellurous compounds; as, telluric acid, which is analogous to sulphuric acid."
3058  
3059  Telluride (n.) A compound of tellurium with a more positive element or radical; -- formerly called telluret.
3060  
3061  "Tellurism (n.) An hypothesis of animal magnetism propounded by Dr. Keiser, in Germany, in which the phenomena are ascribed to the agency of a telluric spirit or influence."
3062  
3063  Tellurite (n.) A salt of tellurous acid.
3064  
3065  Tellurite (n.) Oxide of tellurium. It occurs sparingly in tufts of white or yellowish crystals.
3066  
3067  "Tellurium (n.) A rare nonmetallic element, analogous to sulphur and selenium, occasionally found native as a substance of a silver-white metallic luster, but usually combined with metals, as with gold and silver in the mineral sylvanite, with mercury in Coloradoite, etc. Symbol Te. Atomic weight 125.2."
3068  
3069  "Tellurize (v. t.) To impregnate with, or to subject to the action of, tellurium; -- chiefly used adjectively in the past participle; as, tellurized ores."
3070  
3071  "Tellurous (a.) Of or pertaining to tellurium; derived from, or containing, tellurium; specifically, designating those compounds in which the element has a lower valence as contrasted with telluric compounds; as, tellurous acid, which is analogous to sulphurous acid."
3072  
3073  Telodynamic (a.) Relating to a system for transmitting power to a distance by means of swiftly moving ropes or cables driving grooved pulleys of large diameter.
3074  
3075  Teloogoo (n.) See Telugu.
3076  
3077  Telotrochae (pl. ) of Telotrocha
3078  
3079  Telotrocha (n.) An annelid larva having telotrochal bands of cilia.
3080  
3081  Telotrochal (a.) Alt. of Telotrochous
3082  
3083  Telotrochous (a.) Having both a preoral and a posterior band of cilla; -- applied to the larvae of certain annelids.
3084  
3085  Telotype (n.) An electric telegraph which prints the messages in letters and not in signs.
3086  
3087  Telpher (n.) A contrivance for the conveyance of vehicles or loads by means of electricity.
3088  
3089  Telpherage (n.) The conveyance of vehicles or loads by means of electricity.
3090  
3091  Telsons (pl. ) of Telson
3092  
3093  Telson (n.) The terminal joint or movable piece at the end of the abdomen of Crustacea and other articulates. See Thoracostraca.
3094  
3095  Telugu (n.) A Darvidian language spoken in the northern parts of the Madras presidency. In extent of use it is the next language after Hindustani (in its various forms) and Bengali.
3096  
3097  Telugu (n.) One of the people speaking the Telugu language.
3098  
3099  "Telugu (a.) Of or pertaining to the Telugu language, or the Telugus."
3100  
3101  Temerarious (a.) Unreasonably adventurous; despising danger; rash; headstrong; audacious; reckless; heedless.
3102  
3103  Temeration (n.) Temerity.
3104  
3105  "Temerity (n.) Unreasonable contempt of danger; extreme venturesomeness; rashness; as, the temerity of a commander in war."
3106  
3107  Temerous (a.) Temerarious.
3108  
3109  "Tempean (a.) Of or pertaining to Temple, a valley in Thessaly, celebrated by Greek poets on account of its beautiful scenery; resembling Temple; hence, beautiful; delightful; charming."
3110  
3111  Tempered (imp. & p. p.) of Temper
3112  
3113  Tempering (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Temper
3114  
3115  "Temper (v. t.) To mingle in due proportion; to prepare by combining; to modify, as by adding some new element; to qualify, as by an ingredient; hence, to soften; to mollify; to assuage; to soothe; to calm."
3116  
3117  Temper (v. t.) To fit together; to adjust; to accomodate.
3118  
3119  "Temper (v. t.) To bring to a proper degree of hardness; as, to temper iron or steel."
3120  
3121  Temper (v. t.) To govern; to manage.
3122  
3123  "Temper (v. t.) To moisten to a proper consistency and stir thoroughly, as clay for making brick, loam for molding, etc."
3124  
3125  "Temper (v. t.) To adjust, as the mathematical scale to the actual scale, or to that in actual use."
3126  
3127  "Temper (n.) The state of any compound substance which results from the mixture of various ingredients; due mixture of different qualities; just combination; as, the temper of mortar."
3128  
3129  "Temper (n.) Constitution of body; temperament; in old writers, the mixture or relative proportion of the four humors, blood, choler, phlegm, and melancholy."
3130  
3131  "Temper (n.) Disposition of mind; the constitution of the mind, particularly with regard to the passions and affections; as, a calm temper; a hasty temper; a fretful temper."
3132  
3133  "Temper (n.) Calmness of mind; moderation; equanimity; composure; as, to keep one's temper."
3134  
3135  Temper (n.) Heat of mind or passion; irritation; proneness to anger; -- in a reproachful sense.
3136  
3137  "Temper (n.) The state of a metal or other substance, especially as to its hardness, produced by some process of heating or cooling; as, the temper of iron or steel."
3138  
3139  Temper (n.) Middle state or course; mean; medium.
3140  
3141  "Temper (n.) Milk of lime, or other substance, employed in the process formerly used to clarify sugar."
3142  
3143  Temper (v. i.) To accord; to agree; to act and think in conformity.
3144  
3145  Temper (v. i.) To have or get a proper or desired state or quality; to grow soft and pliable.
3146  
3147  Tempera (n.) A mode or process of painting; distemper.
3148  
3149  Temperable (a.) Capable of being tempered.
3150  
3151  "Temperament (v. t.) Internal constitution; state with respect to the relative proportion of different qualities, or constituent parts."
3152  
3153  Temperament (v. t.) Due mixture of qualities; a condition brought about by mutual compromises or concessions.
3154  
3155  "Temperament (v. t.) The act of tempering or modifying; adjustment, as of clashing rules, interests, passions, or the like; also, the means by which such adjustment is effected."
3156  
3157  Temperament (v. t.) Condition with regard to heat or cold; temperature.
3158  
3159  "Temperament (v. t.) A system of compromises in the tuning of organs, pianofortes, and the like, whereby the tones generated with the vibrations of a ground tone are mutually modified and in part canceled, until their number reduced to the actual practicable scale of twelve tones to the octave. This scale, although in so far artificial, is yet closely suggestive of its origin in nature, and this system of tuning, although not mathematically true, yet satisfies the ear, while it has the convenience that the same twelve fixed tones answer for every key or scale, C/ becoming identical with D/, and so on."
3160  
3161  "Temperament (v. t.) The peculiar physical and mental character of an individual, in olden times erroneously supposed to be due to individual variation in the relations and proportions of the constituent parts of the body, especially of the fluids, as the bile, blood, lymph, etc. Hence the phrases, bilious or choleric temperament, sanguine temperament, etc., implying a predominance of one of these fluids and a corresponding influence on the temperament."
3162  
3163  Temperamental (a.) Of or pertaining to temperament; constitutional.
3164  
3165  "Temperance (v. t.) Habitual moderation in regard to the indulgence of the natural appetites and passions; restrained or moderate indulgence; moderation; as, temperance in eating and drinking; temperance in the indulgence of joy or mirth; specifically, moderation, and sometimes abstinence, in respect to using intoxicating liquors."
3166  
3167  Temperance (v. t.) Moderation of passion; patience; calmness; sedateness.
3168  
3169  Temperance (v. t.) State with regard to heat or cold; temperature.
3170  
3171  Temperancy (n.) Temperance.
3172  
3173  "Temperate (v. t.) Moderate; not excessive; as, temperate heat; a temperate climate."
3174  
3175  "Temperate (v. t.) Not marked with passion; not violent; cool; calm; as, temperate language."
3176  
3177  "Temperate (v. t.) Moderate in the indulgence of the natural appetites or passions; as, temperate in eating and drinking."
3178  
3179  Temperate (v. t.) Proceeding from temperance.
3180  
3181  Temperate (v. t.) To render temperate; to moderate; to soften; to temper.
3182  
3183  Temperately (adv.) In a temperate manner.
3184  
3185  Temperateness (n.) The quality or state of being temperate; moderateness; temperance.
3186  
3187  Temperative (a.) Having power to temper.
3188  
3189  Temperature (n.) Constitution; state; degree of any quality.
3190  
3191  Temperature (n.) Freedom from passion; moderation.
3192  
3193  "Temperature (n.) Condition with respect to heat or cold, especially as indicated by the sensation produced, or by the thermometer or pyrometer; degree of heat or cold; as, the temperature of the air; high temperature; low temperature; temperature of freezing or of boiling."
3194  
3195  Temperature (n.) Mixture; compound.
3196  
3197  "Tempered (a.) Brought to a proper temper; as, tempered steel; having (such) a temper; -- chiefly used in composition; as, a good-tempered or bad-tempered man; a well-tempered sword."
3198  
3199  "Temperer (n.) One who, or that which, tempers; specifically, a machine in which lime, cement, stone, etc., are mixed with water."
3200  
3201  "Tempering (n.) The process of giving the requisite degree of hardness or softness to a substance, as iron and steel; especially, the process of giving to steel the degree of hardness required for various purposes, consisting usually in first plunging the article, when heated to redness, in cold water or other liquid, to give an excess of hardness, and then reheating it gradually until the hardness is reduced or drawn down to the degree required, as indicated by the color produced on a polished portion, or by the burning of oil."
3202  
3203  "Tempest (n.) An extensive current of wind, rushing with great velocity and violence, and commonly attended with rain, hail, or snow; a furious storm."
3204  
3205  "Tempest (n.) Fig.: Any violent tumult or commotion; as, a political tempest; a tempest of war, or of the passions."
3206  
3207  "Tempest (n.) A fashionable assembly; a drum. See the Note under Drum, n., 4."
3208  
3209  Tempest (v. t.) To disturb as by a tempest.
3210  
3211  Tempest (v. i.) To storm.
3212  
3213  "Tempestive (a.) Seasonable; timely; as, tempestive showers."
3214  
3215  "Tempestivily (n.) The quality, or state, of being tempestive; seasonableness."
3216  
3217  "Tempestuous (a.) Of or pertaining to a tempest; involving or resembling a tempest; turbulent; violent; stormy; as, tempestuous weather; a tempestuous night; a tempestuous debate."
3218  
3219  "Templar (n.) One of a religious and military order first established at Jerusalem, in the early part of the 12th century, for the protection of pilgrims and of the Holy Sepulcher. These Knights Templars, or Knights of the Temple, were so named because they occupied an apartment of the palace of Bladwin II. in Jerusalem, near the Temple."
3220  
3221  "Templar (n.) A student of law, so called from having apartments in the Temple at London, the original buildings having belonged to the Knights Templars. See Inner Temple, and Middle Temple, under Temple."
3222  
3223  "Templar (n.) One belonged to a certain order or degree among the Freemasons, called Knights Templars. Also, one of an order among temperance men, styled Good Templars."
3224  
3225  Templar (a.) Of or pertaining to a temple.
3226  
3227  Template (n.) Same as Templet.
3228  
3229  Temple (n.) A contrivence used in a loom for keeping the web stretched transversely.
3230  
3231  "Temple (n.) The space, on either side of the head, back of the eye and forehead, above the zygomatic arch and in front of the ear."
3232  
3233  "Temple (n.) One of the side bars of a pair of spectacles, jointed to the bows, and passing one on either side of the head to hold the spectacles in place."
3234  
3235  "Temple (n.) A place or edifice dedicated to the worship of some deity; as, the temple of Jupiter at Athens, or of Juggernaut in India."
3236  
3237  Temple (n.) The edifice erected at Jerusalem for the worship of Jehovah.
3238  
3239  "Temple (n.) Hence, among Christians, an edifice erected as a place of public worship; a church."
3240  
3241  Temple (n.) Fig.: Any place in which the divine presence specially resides.
3242  
3243  "Temple (v. t.) To build a temple for; to appropriate a temple to; as, to temple a god."
3244  
3245  "Templed (a.) Supplied with a temple or temples, or with churches; inclosed in a temple."
3246  
3247  "Templet (n.) A gauge, pattern, or mold, commonly a thin plate or board, used as a guide to the form of the work to be executed; as, a mason's or a wheelwright's templet."
3248  
3249  "Templet (n.) A short piece of timber, iron, or stone, placed in a wall under a girder or other beam, to distribute the weight or pressure."
3250  
3251  Tempo (n.) The rate or degree of movement in time.
3252  
3253  "Temporal (a.) Of or pertaining to the temple or temples; as, the temporal bone; a temporal artery."
3254  
3255  "Temporal (n.) Of or pertaining to time, that is, to the present life, or this world; secular, as distinguished from sacred or eternal."
3256  
3257  "Temporal (n.) Civil or political, as distinguished from ecclesiastical; as, temporal power; temporal courts."
3258  
3259  Temporal (n.) Anything temporal or secular; a temporality; -- used chiefly in the plural.
3260  
3261  Temporalities (pl. ) of Temporality
3262  
3263  Temporality (n.) The state or quality of being temporary; -- opposed to perpetuity.
3264  
3265  Temporality (n.) The laity; temporality.
3266  
3267  "Temporality (n.) That which pertains to temporal welfare; material interests; especially, the revenue of an ecclesiastic proceeding from lands, tenements, or lay fees, tithes, and the like; -- chiefly used in the plural."
3268  
3269  Temporally (adv.) In a temporal manner; secularly.
3270  
3271  Temporalness (n.) Worldliness.
3272  
3273  Temporalty (n.) The laity; secular people.
3274  
3275  Temporalty (n.) A secular possession; a temporality.
3276  
3277  Temporaneous (a.) Temporarity.
3278  
3279  Temporarily (adv.) In a temporary manner; for a time.
3280  
3281  Temporariness (n.) The quality or state of being temporary; -- opposed to perpetuity.
3282  
3283  "Temporary (a.) Lasting for a time only; existing or continuing for a limited time; not permanent; as, the patient has obtained temporary relief."
3284  
3285  Temporist (n.) A temporizer.
3286  
3287  Temporization (n.) The act of temporizing.
3288  
3289  Temporized (imp. & p. p.) of Temporize
3290  
3291  Temporizing (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Temporize
3292  
3293  "Temporize (v. t.) To comply with the time or occasion; to humor, or yield to, the current of opinion or circumstances; also, to trim, as between two parties."
3294  
3295  Temporize (v. t.) To delay; to procrastinate.
3296  
3297  Temporize (v. t.) To comply; to agree.
3298  
3299  "Temporizer (n.) One who temporizes; one who yields to the time, or complies with the prevailing opinions, fashions, or occasions; a trimmer."
3300  
3301  Temporizingly (adv.) In a temporizing or yielding manner.
3302  
3303  "Temporo- () A combining form used in anatomy to indicate connection with, or relation to, the temple, or temporal bone; as, temporofacial."
3304  
3305  "Temporo-auricular (a.) Of or pertaining to both the temple and the ear; as, the temporo-auricular nerve."
3306  
3307  Temporofacial (a.) Of or pertaining to both the temple and the face.
3308  
3309  "Temporomalar (a.) Of or pertaining to both the temple and the region of the malar bone; as, the temporomalar nerve."
3310  
3311  Temporomaxillary (a.) Of or pertaining to both the temple or the temporal bone and the maxilla.
3312  
3313  Temps (n.) Time.
3314  
3315  Tempse (n.) See Temse.
3316  
3317  Tempted (imp. & p. p.) of Tempt
3318  
3319  Tempting (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Tempt
3320  
3321  Tempt (v. t.) To put to trial; to prove; to test; to try.
3322  
3323  "Tempt (v. t.) To lead, or endeavor to lead, into evil; to entice to what is wrong; to seduce."
3324  
3325  Tempt (v. t.) To endeavor to persuade; to induce; to invite; to incite; to provoke; to instigate.
3326  
3327  Tempt (v. t.) To endeavor to accomplish or reach; to attempt.
3328  
3329  Temptability (n.) The quality or state of being temptable; lability to temptation.
3330  
3331  Temptable (a.) Capable of being tempted; liable to be tempted.
3332  
3333  "Temptation (n.) The act of tempting, or enticing to evil; seduction."
3334  
3335  "Temptation (n.) The state of being tempted, or enticed to evil."
3336  
3337  "Temptation (n.) That which tempts; an inducement; an allurement, especially to something evil."
3338  
3339  "Temptationless (a.) Having no temptation or motive; as, a temptationless sin."
3340  
3341  Temptatious (a.) Tempting.
3342  
3343  "Tempter (n.) One who tempts or entices; especially, Satan, or the Devil, regarded as the great enticer to evil."
3344  
3345  "Tempting (a.) Adapted to entice or allure; attractive; alluring; seductive; enticing; as, tempting pleasures."
3346  
3347  Temptress (n.) A woman who entices.
3348  
3349  Temse (n.) A sieve.
3350  
3351  Temulence (n.) Alt. of Temulency
3352  
3353  Temulency (n.) Intoxication; inebriation; drunkenness.
3354  
3355  Temulent (a.) Intoxicated; drunken.
3356  
3357  Temulentive (a.) Somewhat temulent; addicted to drink.
3358  
3359  Ten (a.) One more than nine; twice five.
3360  
3361  Ten (n.) The number greater by one than nine; the sum of five and five; ten units of objects.
3362  
3363  "Ten (n.) A symbol representing ten units, as 10, x, or X."
3364  
3365  Tenability (n.) The quality or state of being tenable; tenableness.
3366  
3367  "Tenable (a.) Capable of being held, naintained, or defended, as against an assailant or objector, or againts attempts to take or process; as, a tenable fortress, a tenable argument."
3368  
3369  Tenableness (n.) Same as Tenability.
3370  
3371  "Tenace (n.) The holding by the fourth hand of the best and third best cards of a suit led; also, sometimes, the combination of best with third best card of a suit in any hand."
3372  
3373  "Tenacious (a.) Holding fast, or inclined to hold fast; inclined to retain what is in possession; as, men tenacious of their just rights."
3374  
3375  "Tenacious (a.) Apt to retain; retentive; as, a tenacious memory."
3376  
3377  "Tenacious (a.) Having parts apt to adhere to each other; cohesive; tough; as, steel is a tenacious metal; tar is more tenacious than oil."
3378  
3379  Tenacious (a.) Apt to adhere to another substance; glutinous; viscous; sticking; adhesive.
3380  
3381  Tenacious (a.) Niggardly; closefisted; miserly.
3382  
3383  Tenacious (a.) Holding stoutly to one's opinion or purpose; obstinate; stubborn.
3384  
3385  "Tenacity (n.) The quality or state of being tenacious; as, tenacity, or retentiveness, of memory; tenacity, or persistency, of purpose."
3386  
3387  "Tenacity (n.) That quality of bodies which keeps them from parting without considerable force; cohesiveness; the effect of attraction; -- as distinguished from brittleness, fragility, mobility, etc."
3388  
3389  Tenacity (n.) That quality of bodies which makes them adhere to other bodies; adhesiveness; viscosity.
3390  
3391  "Tenacity (n.) The greatest longitudinal stress a substance can bear without tearing asunder, -- usually expressed with reference to a unit area of the cross section of the substance, as the number of pounds per square inch, or kilograms per square centimeter, necessary to produce rupture."
3392  
3393  Tenacula (pl. ) of Tenaculum
3394  
3395  Tenaculums (pl. ) of Tenaculum
3396  
3397  "Tenaculum (n.) An instrument consisting of a fine, sharp hook attached to a handle, and used mainly for taking up arteries, and the like."
3398  
3399  Tenacy (n.) Tenaciousness; obstinacy.
3400  
3401  "Tenaille (n.) An outwork in the main ditch, in front of the curtain, between two bastions. See Illust. of Ravelin."
3402  
3403  "Tenaillon (n.) A work constructed on each side of the ravelins, to increase their strength, procure additional ground beyond the ditch, or cover the shoulders of the bastions."
3404  
3405  Tenacies (pl. ) of Tenancy
3406  
3407  "Tenancy (n.) A holding, or a mode of holding, an estate; tenure; the temporary possession of what belongs to another."
3408  
3409  "Tenancy (n.) A house for habitation, or place to live in, held of another."
3410  
3411  "Tenant (n.) One who holds or possesses lands, or other real estate, by any kind of right, whether in fee simple, in common, in severalty, for life, for years, or at will; also, one who has the occupation or temporary possession of lands or tenements the title of which is in another; -- correlative to landlord. See Citation from Blackstone, under Tenement, 2."
3412  
3413  Tenant (n.) One who has possession of any place; a dweller; an occupant.
3414  
3415  Tenanted (imp. & p. p.) of Tenant
3416  
3417  Tenanting (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Tenant
3418  
3419  "Tenant (v. t.) To hold, occupy, or possess as a tenant."
3420  
3421  Tenantable (a.) Fit to be rented; in a condition suitable for a tenant.
3422  
3423  "Tenantless (a.) Having no tenants; unoccupied; as, a tenantless mansion."
3424  
3425  "Tenantry (n.) The body of tenants; as, the tenantry of a manor or a kingdom."
3426  
3427  Tenantry (n.) Tenancy.
3428  
3429  "Tenant saw () See Tenon saw, under Tenon."
3430  
3431  "Tench (n.) A European fresh-water fish (Tinca tinca, or T. vulgaris) allied to the carp. It is noted for its tenacity of life."
3432  
3433  Tend (v. t.) To make a tender of; to offer or tender.
3434  
3435  Tended (imp. & p. p.) of Tend
3436  
3437  Tending (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Tend
3438  
3439  "Tend (v. t.) To accompany as an assistant or protector; to care for the wants of; to look after; to watch; to guard; as, shepherds tend their flocks."
3440  
3441  Tend (v. t.) To be attentive to; to note carefully; to attend to.
3442  
3443  "Tend (v. i.) To wait, as attendants or servants; to serve; to attend; -- with on or upon."
3444  
3445  Tend (v. i.) To await; to expect.
3446  
3447  Tend (a.) To move in a certain direction; -- usually with to or towards.
3448  
3449  "Tend (a.) To be directed, as to any end, object, or purpose; to aim; to have or give a leaning; to exert activity or influence; to serve as a means; to contribute; as, our petitions, if granted, might tend to our destruction."
3450  
3451  Tendance (n.) The act of attending or waiting; attendance.
3452  
3453  Tendance (n.) Persons in attendance; attendants.
3454  
3455  Tendence (n.) Tendency.
3456  
3457  Tendencies (pl. ) of Tendency
3458  
3459  "Tendency (n.) Direction or course toward any place, object, effect, or result; drift; causal or efficient influence to bring about an effect or result."
3460  
3461  Tender (n.) One who tends; one who takes care of any person or thing; a nurse.
3462  
3463  "Tender (n.) A vessel employed to attend other vessels, to supply them with provisions and other stores, to convey intelligence, or the like."
3464  
3465  "Tender (n.) A car attached to a locomotive, for carrying a supply of fuel and water."
3466  
3467  Tendered (imp. & p. p.) of Tender
3468  
3469  Tendering (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Tender
3470  
3471  "Tender (v. t.) To offer in payment or satisfaction of a demand, in order to save a penalty or forfeiture; as, to tender the amount of rent or debt."
3472  
3473  Tender (v. t.) To offer in words; to present for acceptance.
3474  
3475  "Tender (n.) An offer, either of money to pay a debt, or of service to be performed, in order to save a penalty or forfeiture, which would be incurred by nonpayment or nonperformance; as, the tender of rent due, or of the amount of a note, with interest."
3476  
3477  "Tender (n.) Any offer or proposal made for acceptance; as, a tender of a loan, of service, or of friendship; a tender of a bid for a contract."
3478  
3479  "Tender (n.) The thing offered; especially, money offered in payment of an obligation."
3480  
3481  "Tender (superl.) Easily impressed, broken, bruised, or injured; not firm or hard; delicate; as, tender plants; tender flesh; tender fruit."
3482  
3483  Tender (superl.) Sensible to impression and pain; easily pained.
3484  
3485  Tender (superl.) Physically weak; not hardly or able to endure hardship; immature; effeminate.
3486  
3487  "Tender (superl.) Susceptible of the softer passions, as love, compassion, kindness; compassionate; pitiful; anxious for another's good; easily excited to pity, forgiveness, or favor; sympathetic."
3488  
3489  Tender (superl.) Exciting kind concern; dear; precious.
3490  
3491  "Tender (superl.) Careful to save inviolate, or not to injure; -- with of."
3492  
3493  Tender (superl.) Unwilling to cause pain; gentle; mild.
3494  
3495  "Tender (superl.) Adapted to excite feeling or sympathy; expressive of the softer passions; pathetic; as, tender expressions; tender expostulations; a tender strain."
3496  
3497  "Tender (superl.) Apt to give pain; causing grief or pain; delicate; as, a tender subject."
3498  
3499  Tender (superl.) Heeling over too easily when under sail; -- said of a vessel.
3500  
3501  Tender (n.) Regard; care; kind concern.
3502  
3503  "Tender (v. t.) To have a care of; to be tender toward; hence, to regard; to esteem; to value."
3504  
3505  Tenderfoot (n.) A delicate person; one not inured to the hardship and rudeness of pioneer life.
3506  
3507  Tender-hearted (a.) Having great sensibility; susceptible of impressions or influence; affectionate; pitying; sensitive.
3508  
3509  Tender-hefted (a.) Having great tenderness; easily moved.
3510  
3511  Tenderling (n.) One made tender by too much kindness; a fondling.
3512  
3513  Tenderling (n.) One of the first antlers of a deer.
3514  
3515  "Tenderloin (n.) A strip of tender flesh on either side of the vertebral column under the short ribs, in the hind quarter of beef and pork. It consists of the psoas muscles."
3516  
3517  Tenderly (adv.) In a tender manner; with tenderness; mildly; gently; softly; in a manner not to injure or give pain; with pity or affection; kindly.
3518  
3519  Tenderness (n.) The quality or state of being tender (in any sense of the adjective).
3520  
3521  Tendinous (a.) Pertaining to a tendon; of the nature of tendon.
3522  
3523  "Tendinous (a.) Full of tendons; sinewy; as, nervous and tendinous parts of the body."
3524  
3525  Tendment (n.) Attendance; care.
3526  
3527  "Tendon (n.) A tough insensible cord, bundle, or band of fibrous connective tissue uniting a muscle with some other part; a sinew."
3528  
3529  Tendonous (a.) Tendinous.
3530  
3531  Tendosynovitis (n.) See Tenosynovitis.
3532  
3533  "Tendrac (n.) Any one of several species of small insectivores of the family Centetidae, belonging to Ericulus, Echinope, and related genera, native of Madagascar. They are more or less spinose and resemble the hedgehog in habits. The rice tendrac (Oryzorictes hora) is very injurious to rice crops. Some of the species are called also tenrec."
3534  
3535  "Tendril (a.) A slender, leafless portion of a plant by which it becomes attached to a supporting body, after which the tendril usually contracts by coiling spirally."
3536  
3537  Tendril (a.) Clasping; climbing as a tendril.
3538  
3539  Tendriled (a.) Alt. of Tendrilled
3540  
3541  "Tendrilled (a.) Furnished with tendrils, or with such or so many, tendrils."
3542  
3543  Tendron (n.) A tendril.
3544  
3545  Tendry (n.) A tender; an offer.
3546  
3547  Tene (n. & v.) See 1st and 2d Teen.
3548  
3549  "Tenebrae (n.) The matins and lauds for the last three days of Holy Week, commemorating the sufferings and death of Christ, -- usually sung on the afternoon or evening of Wednesday, Thursday, and Friday, instead of on the following days."
3550  
3551  Tenebricose (a.) Tenebrous; dark; gloomy.
3552  
3553  Tenebrific (a.) Rendering dark or gloomy; tenebrous; gloomy.
3554  
3555  Tenebrificous (a.) Tenebrific.
3556  
3557  Tenebrious (a.) Tenebrous.
3558  
3559  Tenebrose (a.) Characterized by darkness or gloom; tenebrous.
3560  
3561  Tenebrosity (n.) The quality or state of being tenebrous; tenebrousness.
3562  
3563  Tenebrous (a.) Dark; gloomy; dusky; tenebrious.
3564  
3565  Tenement (n.) That which is held of another by service; property which one holds of a lord or proprietor in consideration of some military or pecuniary service; fief; fee.
3566  
3567  "Tenement (n.) Any species of permanent property that may be held, so as to create a tenancy, as lands, houses, rents, commons, an office, an advowson, a franchise, a right of common, a peerage, and the like; -- called also free / frank tenements."
3568  
3569  "Tenement (n.) A dwelling house; a building for a habitation; also, an apartment, or suite of rooms, in a building, used by one family; often, a house erected to be rented."
3570  
3571  Tenement (n.) Fig.: Dwelling; abode; habitation.
3572  
3573  Tenemental (a.) Of or pertaining to a tenement; capable of being held by tenants.
3574  
3575  Tenementary (a.) Capable of being leased; held by tenants.
3576  
3577  Tenent (n.) A tenet.
3578  
3579  "Teneral (a.) Of, pertaining to, or designating, a condition assumed by the imago of certain Neuroptera, after exclusion from the pupa. In this state the insect is soft, and has not fully attained its mature coloring."
3580  
3581  "Teneriffe (n.) A white wine resembling Madeira in taste, but more tart, produced in Teneriffe, one of the Canary Islands; -- called also Vidonia."
3582  
3583  Tenerity (a.) Tenderness.
3584  
3585  Tenesmic (a.) Of or pertaining to tenesmus; characterized by tenesmus.
3586  
3587  "Tenesmus (n.) An urgent and distressing sensation, as if a discharge from the intestines must take place, although none can be effected; -- always referred to the lower extremity of the rectum."
3588  
3589  "Tenet (n.) Any opinion, principle, dogma, belief, or doctrine, which a person holds or maintains as true; as, the tenets of Plato or of Cicero."
3590  
3591  Tenfold (a. & adv.) In tens; consisting of ten in one; ten times repeated.
3592  
3593  Tenia (n.) See Taenia.
3594  
3595  Tenioid (a.) See Taenoid.
3596  
3597  "Tennantite (n.) A blackish lead-gray mineral, closely related to tetrahedrite. It is essentially a sulphide of arsenic and copper."
3598  
3599  "Tenne (n.) A tincture, rarely employed, which is considered as an orange color or bright brown. It is represented by diagonal lines from sinister to dexter, crossed by vertical lines."
3600  
3601  "Tennis (n.) A play in which a ball is driven to and fro, or kept in motion by striking it with a racket or with the open hand."
3602  
3603  "Tennis (v. t.) To drive backward and forward, as a ball in playing tennis."
3604  
3605  Tennu (n.) The tapir.
3606  
3607  "Ten-o'clock (n.) A plant, the star-of-Bethlehem. See under Star."
3608  
3609  "Tenon (n.) A projecting member left by cutting away the wood around it, and made to insert into a mortise, and in this way secure together the parts of a frame; especially, such a member when it passes entirely through the thickness of the piece in which the mortise is cut, and shows on the other side. Cf. Tooth, Tusk."
3610  
3611  "Tenon (v. t.) To cut or fit for insertion into a mortise, as the end of a piece of timber."
3612  
3613  "Tenonian (a.) Discovered or described by M. Tenon, a French anatomist."
3614  
3615  Tenor (n.) A state of holding on in a continuous course; manner of continuity; constant mode; general tendency; course; career.
3616  
3617  Tenor (n.) That course of thought which holds on through a discourse; the general drift or course of thought; purport; intent; meaning; understanding.
3618  
3619  Tenor (n.) Stamp; character; nature.
3620  
3621  "Tenor (n.) An exact copy of a writing, set forth in the words and figures of it. It differs from purport, which is only the substance or general import of the instrument."
3622  
3623  "Tenor (n.) The higher of the two kinds of voices usually belonging to adult males; hence, the part in the harmony adapted to this voice; the second of the four parts in the scale of sounds, reckoning from the base, and originally the air, to which the other parts were auxillary."
3624  
3625  "Tenor (n.) A person who sings the tenor, or the instrument that play it."
3626  
3627  Tenosynovitis (n.) Inflammation of the synovial sheath enveloping a tendon.
3628  
3629  Tenotome (n.) A slender knife for use in the operation of tenotomy.
3630  
3631  "Tenotomy (n.) The division of a tendon, or the act of dividing a tendon."
3632  
3633  "Tenpenny (a.) Valued or sold at ten pence; as, a tenpenny cake. See 2d Penny, n."
3634  
3635  Tenpenny (a.) Denoting a size of nails. See 1st Penny.
3636  
3637  "Tenpins (n.) A game resembling ninepins, but played with ten pins. See Ninepins."
3638  
3639  Ten-pounder (n.) A large oceanic fish (Elops saurus) found in the tropical parts of all the oceans. It is used chiefly for bait.
3640  
3641  "Tenrec (n.) A small insectivore (Centetes ecaudatus), native of Madagascar, but introduced also into the islands of Bourbon and Mauritius; -- called also tanrec. The name is applied to other allied genera. See Tendrac."
3642  
3643  "Tense (n.) One of the forms which a verb takes by inflection or by adding auxiliary words, so as to indicate the time of the action or event signified; the modification which verbs undergo for the indication of time."
3644  
3645  "Tense (a.) Stretched tightly; strained to stiffness; rigid; not lax; as, a tense fiber."
3646  
3647  Tensibility (n.) The quality or state of being tensible; tensility.
3648  
3649  Tensible (a.) Capable of being extended or drawn out; ductile; tensible.
3650  
3651  "Tensile (a.) Of or pertaining to extension; as, tensile strength."
3652  
3653  Tensile (a.) Capable of extension; ductile; tensible.
3654  
3655  Tensiled (a.) Made tensile.
3656  
3657  "Tensility (n.) The quality or state of being tensile, or capable of extension; tensibility; as, the tensility of the muscles."
3658  
3659  "Tension (a.) The act of stretching or straining; the state of being stretched or strained to stiffness; the state of being bent strained; as, the tension of the muscles, tension of the larynx."
3660  
3661  Tension (a.) Fig.: Extreme strain of mind or excitement of feeling; intense effort.
3662  
3663  "Tension (a.) The degree of stretching to which a wire, cord, piece of timber, or the like, is strained by drawing it in the direction of its length; strain."
3664  
3665  "Tension (a.) The force by which a part is pulled when forming part of any system in equilibrium or in motion; as, the tension of a srting supporting a weight equals that weight."
3666  
3667  "Tension (a.) A device for checking the delivery of the thread in a sewing machine, so as to give the stitch the required degree of tightness."
3668  
3669  "Tension (a.) Expansive force; the force with which the particles of a body, as a gas, tend to recede from each other and occupy a larger space; elastic force; elasticity; as, the tension of vapor; the tension of air."
3670  
3671  "Tension (a.) The quality in consequence of which an electric charge tends to discharge itself, as into the air by a spark, or to pass from a body of greater to one of less electrical potential. It varies as the quantity of electricity upon a given area."
3672  
3673  Tensioned (a.) Extended or drawn out; subjected to tension.
3674  
3675  "Tensity (n.) The quality or state of being tense, or strained to stiffness; tension; tenseness."
3676  
3677  "Tensive (a.) Giving the sensation of tension, stiffness, or contraction."
3678  
3679  "Tensor (n.) A muscle that stretches a part, or renders it tense."
3680  
3681  "Tensor (n.) The ratio of one vector to another in length, no regard being had to the direction of the two vectors; -- so called because considered as a stretching factor in changing one vector into another. See Versor."
3682  
3683  Ten-strike (n.) A knocking down of all ten pins at one delivery of the ball.
3684  
3685  "Ten-strike (n.) Any quick, decisive stroke or act."
3686  
3687  Tensure (n.) Tension.
3688  
3689  "Tent (n.) A kind of wine of a deep red color, chiefly from Galicia or Malaga in Spain; -- called also tent wine, and tinta."
3690  
3691  "Tent (n.) Attention; regard, care."
3692  
3693  Tent (n.) Intention; design.
3694  
3695  "Tent (v. t.) To attend to; to heed; hence, to guard; to hinder."
3696  
3697  "Tent (v. t.) To probe or to search with a tent; to keep open with a tent; as, to tent a wound. Used also figuratively."
3698  
3699  "Tent (n.) A roll of lint or linen, or a conical or cylindrical piece of sponge or other absorbent, used chiefly to dilate a natural canal, to keep open the orifice of a wound, or to absorb discharges."
3700  
3701  Tent (n.) A probe for searching a wound.
3702  
3703  "Tent (n.) A pavilion or portable lodge consisting of skins, canvas, or some strong cloth, stretched and sustained by poles, -- used for sheltering persons from the weather, especially soldiers in camp."
3704  
3705  Tent (n.) The representation of a tent used as a bearing.
3706  
3707  Tented (imp. & p. p.) of Tent
3708  
3709  Tenting (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Tent
3710  
3711  Tent (v. i.) To lodge as a tent; to tabernacle.
3712  
3713  "Tentacle (n.) A more or less elongated process or organ, simple or branched, proceeding from the head or cephalic region of invertebrate animals, being either an organ of sense, prehension, or motion."
3714  
3715  Tentacled (a.) Having tentacles.
3716  
3717  Tentacular (a.) Of or pertaining to a tentacle or tentacles.
3718  
3719  Tentaculata (n. pl.) A division of Ctenophora including those which have two long tentacles.
3720  
3721  Tentaculate (a.) Alt. of Tentaculated
3722  
3723  "Tentaculated (a.) Having tentacles, or organs like tentacles; tentacled."
3724  
3725  "Tentaculifera (n. pl.) Same as Suctoria, 1."
3726  
3727  Tentaculiferous (a.) Producing or bearing tentacles.
3728  
3729  Tentaculiform (a.) Shaped like a tentacle.
3730  
3731  "Tentaculite (n.) Any one of numerous species of small, conical fossil shells found in Paleozoic rocks. They are supposed to be pteropods."
3732  
3733  Tentaculocyst (n.) One of the auditory organs of certain medusae; -- called also auditory tentacle.
3734  
3735  Tentacula (pl. ) of Tentaculum
3736  
3737  Tentaculum (n.) A tentacle.
3738  
3739  "Tentaculum (n.) One of the stiff hairs situated about the mouth, or on the face, of many animals, and supposed to be tactile organs; a tactile hair."
3740  
3741  Tentage (n.) A collection of tents; an encampment.
3742  
3743  Tentation (n.) Trial; temptation.
3744  
3745  Tentation (n.) A mode of adjusting or operating by repeated trials or experiments.
3746  
3747  Tentative (a.) Of or pertaining to a trial or trials; essaying; experimental.
3748  
3749  Tentative (n.) An essay; a trial; an experiment.
3750  
3751  Tented (a.) Covered with tents.
3752  
3753  "Tenter (n.) One who takes care of, or tends, machines in a factory; a kind of assistant foreman."
3754  
3755  Tenter (n.) A kind of governor.
3756  
3757  "Tenter (n.) A machine or frame for stretching cloth by means of hooks, called tenter-hooks, so that it may dry even and square."
3758  
3759  Tentered (imp. & p. p.) of Tenter
3760  
3761  Tentering (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Tenter
3762  
3763  Tenter (v. i.) To admit extension.
3764  
3765  "Tenter (v. t.) To hang or stretch on, or as on, tenters."
3766  
3767  Tentfuls (pl. ) of Tentful
3768  
3769  "Tentful (n.) As much, or as many, as a tent will hold."
3770  
3771  Tenth (a.) Next in order after the ninth; coming after nine others.
3772  
3773  Tenth (a.) Constituting or being one of ten equal parts into which anything is divided.
3774  
3775  Tenth (n.) The next in order after the ninth; one coming after nine others.
3776  
3777  Tenth (n.) The quotient of a unit divided by ten; one of ten equal parts into which anything is divided.
3778  
3779  "Tenth (n.) The tenth part of annual produce, income, increase, or the like; a tithe."
3780  
3781  "Tenth (n.) The interval between any tone and the tone represented on the tenth degree of the staff above it, as between one of the scale and three of the octave above; the octave of the third."
3782  
3783  "Tenth (n.) A temporary aid issuing out of personal property, and granted to the king by Parliament; formerly, the real tenth part of all the movables belonging to the subject."
3784  
3785  "Tenth (n.) The tenth part of the annual profit of every living in the kingdom, formerly paid to the pope, but afterward transferred to the crown. It now forms a part of the fund called Queen Anne's Bounty."
3786  
3787  Tenthly (adv.) In a tenth manner.
3788  
3789  Tenthmeter (n.) Alt. of Tenthmetre
3790  
3791  "Tenthmetre (n.) A unit for the measurement of many small lengths, such that 1010 of these units make one meter; the ten millionth part of a millimeter."
3792  
3793  Tenthredinides (n. pl.) A group of Hymneoptera comprising the sawflies.
3794  
3795  Tentif (a.) Attentive.
3796  
3797  Tentifly (adv.) Attentively.
3798  
3799  Tentiginous (a.) Stiff; stretched; strained.
3800  
3801  "Tentiginous (a.) Lustful, or pertaining to lust."
3802  
3803  Tentmaker (n.) One whose occupation it is to make tents.
3804  
3805  Tentorium (n.) A fold of the dura mater which separates the cerebellum from the cerebrum and often incloses a process or plate of the skull called the bony tentorium.
3806  
3807  Tentory (n.) The awning or covering of a tent.
3808  
3809  "Tentwort (n.) A kind of small fern, the wall rue. See under Wall."
3810  
3811  Tenuated (imp. & p. p.) of Tenuate
3812  
3813  Tenuating (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Tenuate
3814  
3815  Tenuate (v. t.) To make thin; to attenuate.
3816  
3817  Tenuifolious (a.) Having thin or narrow leaves.
3818  
3819  Tenuious (a.) Rare or subtile; tenuous; -- opposed to dense.
3820  
3821  Tenuirosters (pl. ) of Tenuiroster
3822  
3823  Tenuiroster (n.) One of the Tenuirostres.
3824  
3825  "Tenuirostral (a.) Thin-billed; -- applied to birds with a slender bill, as the humming birds."
3826  
3827  "Tenuirostres (n. pl.) An artificial group of passerine birds having slender bills, as the humming birds."
3828  
3829  Tenues (pl. ) of Tenuis
3830  
3831  "Tenuis (n.) One of the three surd mutes /, /, /; -- so called in relation to their respective middle letters, or medials, /, /, /, and their aspirates, /, /, /. The term is also applied to the corresponding letters and articulate elements in other languages."
3832  
3833  "Tenuity (n.) The quality or state of being tenuous; thinness, applied to a broad substance; slenderness, applied to anything that is long; as, the tenuity of a leaf; the tenuity of a hair."
3834  
3835  "Tenuity (n.) Rarily; rareness; thinness, as of a fluid; as, the tenuity of the air; the tenuity of the blood."
3836  
3837  Tenuity (n.) Poverty; indigence.
3838  
3839  Tenuity (n.) Refinement; delicacy.
3840  
3841  Tenuous (a.) Thin; slender; small; minute.
3842  
3843  Tenuous (a.) Rare; subtile; not dense; -- said of fluids.
3844  
3845  "Tenuous (a.) Lacking substance, as a tenuous argument."
3846  
3847  "Tenure (n.) The act or right of holding, as property, especially real estate."
3848  
3849  Tenure (n.) The manner of holding lands and tenements of a superior.
3850  
3851  "Tenure (n.) The consideration, condition, or service which the occupier of land gives to his lord or superior for the use of his land."
3852  
3853  "Tenure (n.) Manner of holding, in general; as, in absolute governments, men hold their rights by a precarious tenure."
3854  
3855  Teocallis (pl. ) of Teocalli
3856  
3857  "Teocalli (n.) Literally, God's house; a temple, usually of pyramidal form, such as were built by the aborigines of Mexico, Yucatan, etc."
3858  
3859  "Teosinte (n.) A large grass (Euchlaena luxurians) closely related to maize. It is native of Mexico and Central America, but is now cultivated for fodder in the Southern United States and in many warm countries. Called also Guatemala grass."
3860  
3861  Tepal (n.) A division of a perianth.
3862  
3863  Tepee (n.) An Indian wigwam or tent.
3864  
3865  Tepefaction (n.) Act of tepefying.
3866  
3867  Tepefied (imp. & p. p.) of Tepefy
3868  
3869  Tepefying (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Tepefy
3870  
3871  "Tepefy (v. t. & i.) To make or become tepid, or moderately warm."
3872  
3873  Tephramancy (n.) Divination by the ashes of the altar on which a victim had been consumed in sacrifice.
3874  
3875  "Tephrite (n.) An igneous rock consisting essentially of plagioclase and either leucite or nephelite, or both."
3876  
3877  Tephroite (n.) A silicate of manganese of an ash-gray color.
3878  
3879  "Tephrosia (n.) A genus of leguminous shrubby plants and herbs, mostly found in tropical countries, a few herbaceous species being North American. The foliage is often ashy-pubescent, whence the name."
3880  
3881  "Tepid (a.) Moderately warm; lukewarm; as, a tepid bath; tepid rays; tepid vapors."
3882  
3883  Tepidity (n.) The quality or state of being tepid; moderate warmth; lukewarmness; tepidness.
3884  
3885  Tepor (n.) Gentle heat; moderate warmth; tepidness.
3886  
3887  "Tequila (n.) An intoxicating liquor made from the maguey in the district of Tequila, Mexico."
3888  
3889  "Ter- () A combining form from L. ter signifying three times, thrice. See Tri-, 2."
3890  
3891  "Teraconic (a.) Pertaining to, or designating, an acid obtained by the distillation of terebic acid, and homologous with citraconic acid."
3892  
3893  "Teracrylic (a.) Of, pertaining to, or designating, an acid of the acrylic series, obtained by the distillation of terpenylic acid, as an only substance having a peculiar cheesy odor."
3894  
3895  Teraphs (pl. ) of Teraph
3896  
3897  Teraph (n.) See Teraphim.
3898  
3899  Teraphim (n. pl.) Images connected with the magical rites used by those Israelites who added corrupt practices to the patriarchal religion. Teraphim were consulted by the Israelites for oracular answers.
3900  
3901  Terapin (n.) See Terrapin.
3902  
3903  Teratical (a.) Wonderful; ominous; prodigious.
3904  
3905  Teratogeny (n.) The formation of monsters.
3906  
3907  "Teratoid (a.) Resembling a monster; abnormal; of a pathological growth, exceedingly complex or highly organized."
3908  
3909  "Teratological (a.) Of or pertaining to teratology; as, teratological changes."
3910  
3911  "Teratology (n.) That branch of biological science which treats of monstrosities, malformations, or deviations from the normal type of structure, either in plants or animals."
3912  
3913  Teratology (n.) Affectation of sublimity; bombast.
3914  
3915  "Teratoma (n.) A tumor, sometimes found in newborn children, which is made up of a heterigenous mixture of tissues, as of bone, cartilage and muscle."
3916  
3917  "Terbic (a.) Of, pertaining to, or containing, terbium; also, designating certain of its compounds."
3918  
3919  "Terbium (n.) A rare metallic element, of uncertain identification, supposed to exist in certain minerals, as gadolinite and samarskite, with other rare ytterbium earth. Symbol Tr or Tb. Atomic weight 150."
3920  
3921  Terce (n.) See Tierce.
3922  
3923  "Tercel (n.) See Tiercel. Called also tarsel, tassel."
3924  
3925  Tercelet (n.) A male hawk or eagle; a tiercelet.
3926  
3927  Tercellene (n.) A small male hawk.
3928  
3929  "Tercentenary (a.) Including, or relating to, an interval of three hundred years."
3930  
3931  "Tercentenary (n.) The three hundredth anniversary of any event; also, a celebration of such an anniversary."
3932  
3933  Tercet (n.) A triplet.
3934  
3935  Tercet (n.) A triplet; a group of three lines.
3936  
3937  Tercine (n.) A cellular layer derived from the nucleus of an ovule and surrounding the embryo sac. Cf. Quintine.
3938  
3939  Terebate (n.) A salt of terebic acid.
3940  
3941  "Terebene (n.) A polymeric modification of terpene, obtained as a white crystalline camphorlike substance; -- called also camphene. By extension, any one of a group of related substances."
3942  
3943  Terebenthene (n.) Oil of turpentine. See Turpentine.
3944  
3945  "Terebic (a.) Pertaining to, or obtained from, terbenthene (oil of turpentine); specifically, designating an acid, C7H10O4, obtained by the oxidation of terbenthene with nitric acid, as a white crystalline substance."
3946  
3947  "Terebilenic (a.) Of, pertaining to, or designating, a complex acid, C7H8O4, obtained as a white crystalline substance by a modified oxidation of terebic acid."
3948  
3949  Terebinth (n.) The turpentine tree.
3950  
3951  "Terebinthic (a.) Of or pertaining to turpentine; resembling turpentine; terbinthine; as, terbinthic qualities."
3952  
3953  Terebinthinate (a.) Impregnating with the qualities of turpentine; terbinthine.
3954  
3955  "Terebinthine (a.) Of or pertaining to turpentine; consisting of turpentine, or partaking of its qualities."
3956  
3957  Terebras (pl. ) of Terebra
3958  
3959  Terebrae (pl. ) of Terebra
3960  
3961  "Terebra (n.) A genus of marine gastropods having a long, tapering spire. They belong to the Toxoglossa. Called also auger shell."
3962  
3963  Terebra (n.) The boring ovipositor of a hymenopterous insect.
3964  
3965  "Terebrant (a.) Boring, or adapted for boring; -- said of certain Hymenoptera, as the sawflies."
3966  
3967  Terebrantia (n. pl.) A division of Hymenoptera including those which have an ovipositor adapted for perforating plants. It includes the sawflies.
3968  
3969  Terebrate (v. t.) To perforate; to bore; to pierce.
3970  
3971  "Terebrating (a.) Boring; perforating; -- applied to molluskas which form holes in rocks, wood, etc."
3972  
3973  "Terebrating (a.) Boring; piercing; -- applied to certain kinds of pain, especially to those of locomotor ataxia."
3974  
3975  "Terebration (n.) The act of terebrating, or boring."
3976  
3977  Terebratulae (pl. ) of Terebratula
3978  
3979  "Terebratula (n.) A genus of brachiopods which includes many living and some fossil species. The larger valve has a perforated beak, through which projects a short peduncle for attachment. Called also lamp shell."
3980  
3981  Terebratulid (n.) Any species of Terebratula or allied genera. Used also adjectively.
3982  
3983  Terebratuliform (a.) Having the general form of a terebratula shell.
3984  
3985  Teredine (n.) A borer; the teredo.
3986  
3987  Teredos (pl. ) of Teredo
3988  
3989  Teredines (pl. ) of Teredo
3990  
3991  "Teredo (n.) A genus of long, slender, wormlike bivalve mollusks which bore into submerged wood, such as the piles of wharves, bottoms of ships, etc.; -- called also shipworm. See Shipworm. See Illust. in App."
3992  
3993  Terephthalate (n.) A salt of terephthalic acid.
3994  
3995  "Terephthalic (a.) Of, pertaining to, or designating, a dibasic acid of the aromatic series, metameric with phthalic acid, and obtained, as a tasteless white crystalline powder, by the oxidation of oil of turpentine; -- called also paraphthalic acid. Cf. Phthalic."
3996  
3997  Teret (a.) Round; terete.
3998  
3999  "Terete (a.) Cylindrical and slightly tapering; columnar, as some stems of plants."
4000  
4001  "Teretial (a.) Rounded; as, the teretial tracts in the floor of the fourth ventricle of the brain of some fishes."
4002  
4003  Teretous (a.) Terete.
4004  
4005  "Tergal (a.) Of or pertaining to back, or tergum. See Dorsal."
4006  
4007  "Tergant (a.) Showing the back; as, the eagle tergant."
4008  
4009  Tergeminal (a.) Alt. of Tergeminate
4010  
4011  Tergeminate (a.) Thrice twin; having three pairs of leaflets.
4012  
4013  Tergeminous (a.) Threefold; thrice-paired.
4014  
4015  Tergiferous (a.) Carrying or bearing upon the back.
4016  
4017  Tergite (n.) The dorsal portion of an arthromere or somite of an articulate animal. See Illust. under Coleoptera.
4018  
4019  Tergiversate (v. i.) To shift; to practice evasion; to use subterfuges; to shuffle.
4020  
4021  Tergiversation (n.) The act of tergiversating; a shifting; shift; subterfuge; evasion.
4022  
4023  Tergiversation (n.) Fickleness of conduct; inconstancy; change.
4024  
4025  "Tergiversator (n.) One who tergiversates; one who suffles, or practices evasion."
4026  
4027  Terga (pl. ) of Tergum
4028  
4029  Tergum (n.) The back of an animal.
4030  
4031  Tergum (n.) The dorsal piece of a somite of an articulate animal.
4032  
4033  Tergum (n.) One of the dorsal plates of the operculum of a cirriped.
4034  
4035  "Terin (n.) A small yellow singing bird, with an ash-colored head; the European siskin. Called also tarin."
4036  
4037  Term (n.) That which limits the extent of anything; limit; extremity; bound; boundary.
4038  
4039  "Term (n.) The time for which anything lasts; any limited time; as, a term of five years; the term of life."
4040  
4041  "Term (n.) In universities, schools, etc., a definite continuous period during which instruction is regularly given to students; as, the school year is divided into three terms."
4042  
4043  "Term (n.) A point, line, or superficies, that limits; as, a line is the term of a superficies, and a superficies is the term of a solid."
4044  
4045  Term (n.) A fixed period of time; a prescribed duration
4046  
4047  "Term (n.) The limitation of an estate; or rather, the whole time for which an estate is granted, as for the term of a life or lives, or for a term of years."
4048  
4049  Term (n.) A space of time granted to a debtor for discharging his obligation.
4050  
4051  Term (n.) The time in which a court is held or is open for the trial of causes.
4052  
4053  "Term (n.) The subject or the predicate of a proposition; one of the three component parts of a syllogism, each one of which is used twice."
4054  
4055  "Term (n.) A word or expression; specifically, one that has a precisely limited meaning in certain relations and uses, or is peculiar to a science, art, profession, or the like; as, a technical term."
4056  
4057  "Term (n.) A quadrangular pillar, adorned on the top with the figure of a head, as of a man, woman, or satyr; -- called also terminal figure. See Terminus, n., 2 and 3."
4058  
4059  "Term (n.) A member of a compound quantity; as, a or b in a + b; ab or cd in ab - cd."
4060  
4061  Term (n.) The menses.
4062  
4063  "Term (n.) Propositions or promises, as in contracts, which, when assented to or accepted by another, settle the contract and bind the parties; conditions."
4064  
4065  "Term (n.) In Scotland, the time fixed for the payment of rents."
4066  
4067  Term (n.) A piece of carved work placed under each end of the taffrail.
4068  
4069  Termed (imp. & p. p.) of Term
4070  
4071  Terming (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Term
4072  
4073  Term (n.) To apply a term to; to name; to call; to denominate.
4074  
4075  "Terma (n.) The terminal lamina, or thin ventral part, of the anterior wall of the third ventricle of the brain."
4076  
4077  "Termagancy (n.) The quality or state of being termagant; turbulence; tumultuousness; as, a violent termagancy of temper."
4078  
4079  "Termagant (n.) An imaginary being supposed by the Christians to be a Mohammedan deity or false god. He is represented in the ancient moralities, farces, and puppet shows as extremely vociferous and tumultous."
4080  
4081  "Termagant (n.) A boisterous, brawling, turbulent person; -- formerly applied to both sexes, now only to women."
4082  
4083  Termagant (a.) Tumultuous; turbulent; boisterous; furious; quarrelsome; scolding.
4084  
4085  "Termatarium (n.) Any nest or dwelling of termes, or white ants."
4086  
4087  Termatary (n.) Same as Termatarium.
4088  
4089  "Termer (n.) One who resorted to London during the law term only, in order to practice tricks, to carry on intrigues, or the like."
4090  
4091  Termer (n.) One who has an estate for a term of years or for life.
4092  
4093  Termites (pl. ) of Termes
4094  
4095  "Termes (n.) A genus of Pseudoneuroptera including the white ants, or termites. See Termite."
4096  
4097  Terminable (a.) Capable of being terminated or bounded; limitable.
4098  
4099  "Terminal (n.) Of or pertaining to the end or extremity; forming the extremity; as, a terminal edge."
4100  
4101  "Terminal (n.) Growing at the end of a branch or stem; terminating; as, a terminal bud, flower, or spike."
4102  
4103  Terminal (n.) That which terminates or ends; termination; extremity.
4104  
4105  "Terminal (n.) Either of the ends of the conducting circuit of an electrical apparatus, as an inductorium, dynamo, or electric motor, usually provided with binding screws for the attachment of wires by which a current may be conveyed into or from the machine; a pole."
4106  
4107  "Terminalia (n. pl.) A festival celebrated annually by the Romans on February 23 in honor of Terminus, the god of boundaries."
4108  
4109  Terminant (n.) Termination; ending.
4110  
4111  Terminated (imp. & p. p.) of Terminate
4112  
4113  Terminating (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Terminate
4114  
4115  "Terminate (v. t.) To set a term or limit to; to form the extreme point or side of; to bound; to limit; as, to terminate a surface by a line."
4116  
4117  "Terminate (v. t.) To put an end to; to make to cease; as, to terminate an effort, or a controversy."
4118  
4119  "Terminate (v. t.) Hence, to put the finishing touch to; to bring to completion; to perfect."
4120  
4121  "Terminate (v. i.) To be limited in space by a point, line, or surface; to stop short; to end; to cease; as, the torrid zone terminates at the tropics."
4122  
4123  Terminate (v. i.) To come to a limit in time; to end; to close.
4124  
4125  "Termination (n.) The act of terminating, or of limiting or setting bounds; the act of ending or concluding; as, a voluntary termination of hostilities."
4126  
4127  "Termination (n.) That which ends or bounds; limit in space or extent; bound; end; as, the termination of a line."
4128  
4129  "Termination (n.) End in time or existence; as, the termination of the year, or of life; the termination of happiness."
4130  
4131  Termination (n.) End; conclusion; result.
4132  
4133  Termination (n.) Last purpose of design.
4134  
4135  Termination (n.) A word; a term.
4136  
4137  Termination (n.) The ending of a word; a final syllable or letter; the part added to a stem in inflection.
4138  
4139  Terminational (a.) Of or pertaining to termination; forming a termination.
4140  
4141  Terminative (a.) Tending or serving to terminate; terminating; determining; definitive.
4142  
4143  "Terminator (n.) One who, or that which, terminates."
4144  
4145  Terminator (n.) The dividing line between the illuminated and the unilluminated part of the moon.
4146  
4147  Terminatory (a.) Terminative.
4148  
4149  Termine (v. t.) To terminate.
4150  
4151  "Terminer (n.) A determining; as, in oyer and terminer. See Oyer."
4152  
4153  Terminism (n.) The doctrine held by the Terminists.
4154  
4155  "Terminist (n.) One of a class of theologians who maintain that God has fixed a certain term for the probation of individual persons, during which period, and no longer, they have the offer to grace."
4156  
4157  Terminological (a.) Of or pertaining to terminology.
4158  
4159  Terminology (n.) The doctrine of terms; a theory of terms or appellations; a treatise on terms.
4160  
4161  "Terminology (n.) The terms actually used in any business, art, science, or the like; nomenclature; technical terms; as, the terminology of chemistry."
4162  
4163  Termini (pl. ) of Terminus
4164  
4165  "Terminus (n.) Literally, a boundary; a border; a limit."
4166  
4167  "Terminus (n.) The Roman divinity who presided over boundaries, whose statue was properly a short pillar terminating in the bust of a man, woman, satyr, or the like, but often merely a post or stone stuck in the ground on a boundary line."
4168  
4169  "Terminus (n.) Hence, any post or stone marking a boundary; a term. See Term, 8."
4170  
4171  "Terminus (n.) Either end of a railroad line; also, the station house, or the town or city, at that place."
4172  
4173  Termites (pl. ) of Termite
4174  
4175  Termite (n.) Any one of numerous species of pseudoneoropterous insects belonging to Termes and allied genera; -- called also white ant. See Illust. of White ant.
4176  
4177  "Termless (a.) Having no term or end; unlimited; boundless; unending; as, termless time."
4178  
4179  Termless (a.) Inexpressible; indescribable.
4180  
4181  "Termly (a.) Occurring every term; as, a termly fee."
4182  
4183  Termly (adv.) Term by term; every term.
4184  
4185  Termonology (n.) Terminology.
4186  
4187  "Termor (n.) Same as Termer, 2."
4188  
4189  "Tern (n.) Any one of numerous species of long-winged aquatic birds, allied to the gulls, and belonging to Sterna and various allied genera."
4190  
4191  Tern (a.) Threefold; triple; consisting of three; ternate.
4192  
4193  "Tern (a.) That which consists of, or pertains to, three things or numbers together; especially, a prize in a lottery resulting from the favorable combination of three numbers in the drawing; also, the three numbers themselves."
4194  
4195  "Ternary (a.) Proceeding by threes; consisting of three; as, the ternary number was anciently esteemed a symbol of perfection, and held in great veneration."
4196  
4197  "Ternary (a.) Containing, or consisting of, three different parts, as elements, atoms, groups, or radicals, which are regarded as having different functions or relations in the molecule; thus, sodic hydroxide, NaOH, is a ternary compound."
4198  
4199  Ternaries (pl. ) of Ternary
4200  
4201  Ternary (n.) A ternion; the number three; three things taken together; a triad.
4202  
4203  "Ternate (a.) Having the parts arranged by threes; as, ternate branches, leaves, or flowers."
4204  
4205  Terneplate (a.) Thin iron sheets coated with an alloy of lead and tin; -- so called because made up of three metals.
4206  
4207  Ternion (a.) The number three; three things together; a ternary.
4208  
4209  "Terpene (n.) Any one of a series of isomeric hydrocarbons of pleasant aromatic odor, occurring especially in coniferous plants and represented by oil of turpentine, but including also certain hydrocarbons found in some essential oils."
4210  
4211  Terpentic (a.) Terpenylic.
4212  
4213  "Terpenylic (a.) Of, pertaining to, or designating, an acid, C8H12O4 (called also terpentic acid), homologous with terebic acid, and obtained as a white crystalline substance by the oxidation of oil of turpentine with chromic acid."
4214  
4215  "Terpilene (n.) A polymeric form of terpene, resembling terbene."
4216  
4217  Terpin (n.) A white crystalline substance regarded as a hydrate of oil of turpentine.
4218  
4219  "Terpinol (n.) Any oil substance having a hyacinthine odor, obtained by the action of acids on terpin, and regarded as a related hydrate."
4220  
4221  "Terpsichore (n.) The Muse who presided over the choral song and the dance, especially the latter."
4222  
4223  Terpsichorean (a.) Of or pertaining to Terpsichore; of or pertaining to dancing.
4224  
4225  Terra (n.) The earth; earth.
4226  
4227  "Terrace (v.) A raised level space, shelf, or platform of earth, supported on one or more sides by a wall, a bank of tuft, or the like, whether designed for use or pleasure."
4228  
4229  "Terrace (v.) A balcony, especially a large and uncovered one."
4230  
4231  "Terrace (v.) A flat roof to a house; as, the buildings of the Oriental nations are covered with terraces."
4232  
4233  "Terrace (v.) A street, or a row of houses, on a bank or the side of a hill; hence, any street, or row of houses."
4234  
4235  "Terrace (v.) A level plain, usually with a steep front, bordering a river, a lake, or sometimes the sea."
4236  
4237  Terraced (imp. & p. p.) of Terrace
4238  
4239  Terracing (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Terrace
4240  
4241  "Terrace (v. t.) To form into a terrace or terraces; to furnish with a terrace or terraces, as, to terrace a garden, or a building."
4242  
4243  Terraculture (n.) Cultivation on the earth; agriculture.
4244  
4245  "Terrane (n.) A group of rocks having a common age or origin; -- nearly equivalent to formation, but used somewhat less comprehensively."
4246  
4247  Terrapin (n.) Any one of numerous species of tortoises living in fresh and brackish waters. Many of them are valued for food.
4248  
4249  "Terraqueous (a.) Consisting of land and water; as, the earth is a terraqueous globe."
4250  
4251  "Terrar (n.) See 2d Terrier, 2."
4252  
4253  Terras (n.) See /rass.
4254  
4255  Terreen (n.) See Turren.
4256  
4257  Terreity (n.) Quality of being earthy; earthiness.
4258  
4259  "Terrel (n.) A spherical magnet so placed that its poles, equator, etc., correspond to those of the earth."
4260  
4261  Terremote (n.) An earthquake.
4262  
4263  Terrene (n.) A tureen.
4264  
4265  "Terrene (a.) Of or pertaining to the earth; earthy; as, terrene substance."
4266  
4267  Terrene (a.) Earthy; terrestrial.
4268  
4269  Terrene (n.) The earth's surface; the earth.
4270  
4271  Terrene (n.) The surface of the ground.
4272  
4273  Terrenity (n.) Earthiness; worldliness.
4274  
4275  "Terreous (a.) Consisting of earth; earthy; as, terreous substances; terreous particles."
4276  
4277  "Terreplein (n.) The top, platform, or horizontal surface, of a rampart, on which the cannon are placed. See Illust. of Casemate."
4278  
4279  Terrestre (a.) Terrestrial; earthly.
4280  
4281  "Terrestrial (a.) Of or pertaining to the earth; existing on the earth; earthly; as, terrestrial animals."
4282  
4283  "Terrestrial (a.) Representing, or consisting of, the earth; as, a terrestrial globe."
4284  
4285  "Terrestrial (a.) Of or pertaining to the world, or to the present state; sublunary; mundane."
4286  
4287  "Terrestrial (a.) Consisting of land, in distinction from water; belonging to, or inhabiting, the land or ground, in distinction from trees, water, or the like; as, terrestrial serpents."
4288  
4289  "Terrestrial (a.) Adapted for the observation of objects on land and on the earth; as, a terrestrial telescope, in distinction from an astronomical telescope."
4290  
4291  Terrestrial (n.) An inhabitant of the earth.
4292  
4293  Terrestrify (v. t.) To convert or reduce into a condition like that of the earth; to make earthy.
4294  
4295  Terrestrious (a.) Terrestrial.
4296  
4297  "Terret (n.) One of the rings on the top of the saddle of a harness, through which the reins pass."
4298  
4299  Terre-tenant (n.) One who has the actual possession of land; the occupant.
4300  
4301  Terre-verte (n.) An olive-green earth used as a pigment. See Glauconite.
4302  
4303  "Terrible (a.) Adapted or likely to excite terror, awe, or dread; dreadful; formidable."
4304  
4305  Terrible (a.) Excessive; extreme; severe.
4306  
4307  Terricolae (n. pl.) A division of annelids including the common earthworms and allied species.
4308  
4309  Terrienniak (n.) The arctic fox.
4310  
4311  Terrier (n.) An auger or borer.
4312  
4313  "Terrier (n.) One of a breed of small dogs, which includes several distinct subbreeds, some of which, such as the Skye terrier and Yorkshire terrier, have long hair and drooping ears, while others, at the English and the black-and-tan terriers, have short, close, smooth hair and upright ears."
4314  
4315  "Terrier (n.) Formerly, a collection of acknowledgments of the vassals or tenants of a lordship, containing the rents and services they owed to the lord, and the like."
4316  
4317  "Terrier (n.) In modern usage, a book or roll in which the lands of private persons or corporations are described by their site, boundaries, number of acres, or the like."
4318  
4319  "Terrific (a.) Causing terror; adapted to excite great fear or dread; terrible; as, a terrific form; a terrific sight."
4320  
4321  Terrifical (a.) Terrific.
4322  
4323  Terrifically (adv.) In a terrific manner.
4324  
4325  Terrified (imp. & p. p.) of Terrify
4326  
4327  Terrifying (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Terrify
4328  
4329  Terrify (v. t.) To make terrible.
4330  
4331  Terrify (v. t.) To alarm or shock with fear; to frighten.
4332  
4333  Terrigenous (a.) Earthborn; produced by the earth.
4334  
4335  "Territorial (a.) Of or pertaining to territory or land; as, territorial limits; territorial jurisdiction."
4336  
4337  "Territorial (a.) Limited to a certain district; as, right may be personal or territorial."
4338  
4339  "Territorial (a.) Of or pertaining to all or any of the Territories of the United States, or to any district similarly organized elsewhere; as, Territorial governments."
4340  
4341  Territorialized (imp. & p. p.) of Territorialize
4342  
4343  Territorializing (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Territorialize
4344  
4345  Territorialize (v. t.) To enlarge by extension of territory.
4346  
4347  Territorialize (v. t.) To reduce to the condition of a territory.
4348  
4349  Territorially (adv.) In regard to territory; by means of territory.
4350  
4351  Territoried (a.) Possessed of territory.
4352  
4353  Territories (pl. ) of Territory
4354  
4355  Territory (n.) A large extent or tract of land; a region; a country; a district.
4356  
4357  "Territory (n.) The extent of land belonging to, or under the dominion of, a prince, state, or other form of government; often, a tract of land lying at a distance from the parent country or from the seat of government; as, the territory of a State; the territories of the East India Company."
4358  
4359  "Territory (n.) In the United States, a portion of the country not included within the limits of any State, and not yet admitted as a State into the Union, but organized with a separate legislature, under a Territorial governor and other officers appointed by the President and Senate of the United States. In Canada, a similarly organized portion of the country not yet formed into a Province."
4360  
4361  Terror (n.) Extreme fear; fear that agitates body and mind; violent dread; fright.
4362  
4363  Terror (n.) That which excites dread; a cause of extreme fear.
4364  
4365  "Terrorism (n.) The act of terrorizing, or state of being terrorized; a mode of government by terror or intimidation."
4366  
4367  Terrorism (n.) The practise of coercing governments to accede to political demands by committing violence on civilian targets; any similar use of violence to achieve goals.
4368  
4369  "Terrorist (n.) One who governs by terrorism or intimidation; specifically, an agent or partisan of the revolutionary tribunal during the Reign of Terror in France."
4370  
4371  Terrorize (v. t.) To impress with terror; to coerce by intimidation.
4372  
4373  Terrorless (a.) Free from terror.
4374  
4375  "Terry (n.) A kind of heavy colored fabric, either all silk, or silk and worsted, or silk and cotton, often called terry velvet, used for upholstery and trimmings."
4376  
4377  "Tersanctus (n.) An ancient ascription of praise (containing the word ""Holy"" -- in its Latin form, ""Sanctus"" -- thrice repeated), used in the Mass of the Roman Catholic Church and before the prayer of consecration in the communion service of the Church of England and the Protestant Episcopal Church. Cf. Trisagion."
4378  
4379  Terse (superl.) Appearing as if rubbed or wiped off; rubbed; smooth; polished.
4380  
4381  Terse (superl.) Refined; accomplished; -- said of persons.
4382  
4383  "Terse (superl.) Elegantly concise; free of superfluous words; polished to smoothness; as, terse language; a terse style."
4384  
4385  Tersulphide (n.) A trisulphide.
4386  
4387  Tersulphuret (n.) A trisulphide.
4388  
4389  Ter-tenant (n.) See Terre-tenant.
4390  
4391  Tertial (a. & n.) Same as Tertiary.
4392  
4393  "Tertian (a.) Occurring every third day; as, a tertian fever."
4394  
4395  "Tertian (n.) A disease, especially an intermittent fever, which returns every third day, reckoning inclusively, or in which the intermission lasts one day."
4396  
4397  "Tertian (n.) A liquid measure formerly used for wine, equal to seventy imperial, or eighty-four wine, gallons, being one third of a tun."
4398  
4399  "Tertiary (a.) Being of the third formation, order, or rank; third; as, a tertiary use of a word."
4400  
4401  "Tertiary (a.) Possessing some quality in the third degree; having been subjected to the substitution of three atoms or radicals; as, a tertiary alcohol, amine, or salt. Cf. Primary, and Secondary."
4402  
4403  "Tertiary (a.) Later than, or subsequent to, the Secondary."
4404  
4405  Tertiary (a.) Growing on the innermost joint of a bird's wing; tertial; -- said of quills.
4406  
4407  Tertiaries (pl. ) of Tertiary
4408  
4409  "Tertiary (n.) A member of the Third Order in any monastic system; as, the Franciscan tertiaries; the Dominican tertiaries; the Carmelite tertiaries. See Third Order, under Third."
4410  
4411  "Tertiary (n.) The Tertiary era, period, or formation."
4412  
4413  Tertiary (n.) One of the quill feathers which are borne upon the basal joint of the wing of a bird. See Illust. of Bird.
4414  
4415  Tertiate (v. t.) To do or perform for the third time.
4416  
4417  "Tertiate (v. t.) To examine, as the thickness of the metal at the muzzle of a gun; or, in general, to examine the thickness of, as ordnance, in order to ascertain its strength."
4418  
4419  Terutero (n.) The South American lapwing (Vanellus Cayennensis). Its wings are furnished with short spurs. Called also Cayenne lapwing.
4420  
4421  "Terza rima () A peculiar and complicated system of versification, borrowed by the early Italian poets from the Troubadours."
4422  
4423  Terzetto (n.) A composition in three voice parts; a vocal (rarely an instrumental) trio.
4424  
4425  "Tesselar (a.) Formed of tesserae, as a mosaic."
4426  
4427  Tessellata (n. pl.) A division of Crinoidea including numerous fossil species in which the body is covered with tessellated plates.
4428  
4429  Tessellated (imp. & p. p.) of Tessellate
4430  
4431  Tessellating (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Tessellate
4432  
4433  Tessellate (v. t.) To form into squares or checkers; to lay with checkered work.
4434  
4435  Tessellate (a.) Tessellated.
4436  
4437  "Tessellated (a.) Formed of little squares, as mosaic work; checkered; as, a tessellated pavement."
4438  
4439  "Tessellated (a.) Marked like a checkerboard; as, a tessellated leaf."
4440  
4441  "Tessellation (n.) The act of tessellating; also, the mosaic work so formed."
4442  
4443  Tesserae (pl. ) of Tessera
4444  
4445  "Tessera (n.) A small piece of marble, glass, earthenware, or the like, having a square, or nearly square, face, used by the ancients for mosaic, as for making pavements, for ornamenting walls, and like purposes; also, a similar piece of ivory, bone, wood, etc., used as a ticket of admission to theaters, or as a certificate for successful gladiators, and as a token for various other purposes."
4446  
4447  Tesseraic (a.) Diversified by squares; done in mosaic; tessellated.
4448  
4449  "Tesseral (a.) Of, pertaining to, or containing, tesserae."
4450  
4451  Tesseral (a.) Isometric.
4452  
4453  Tessular (a.) Tesseral.
4454  
4455  Test (n.) A cupel or cupelling hearth in which precious metals are melted for trial and refinement.
4456  
4457  "Test (n.) Examination or trial by the cupel; hence, any critical examination or decisive trial; as, to put a man's assertions to a test."
4458  
4459  "Test (n.) Means of trial; as, absence is a test of love."
4460  
4461  Test (n.) That with which anything is compared for proof of its genuineness; a touchstone; a standard.
4462  
4463  Test (n.) Discriminative characteristic; standard of judgment; ground of admission or exclusion.
4464  
4465  Test (n.) Judgment; distinction; discrimination.
4466  
4467  "Test (n.) A reaction employed to recognize or distinguish any particular substance or constituent of a compound, as the production of some characteristic precipitate; also, the reagent employed to produce such reaction; thus, the ordinary test for sulphuric acid is the production of a white insoluble precipitate of barium sulphate by means of some soluble barium salt."
4468  
4469  Tested (imp. & p. p.) of Test
4470  
4471  Testing (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Test
4472  
4473  "Test (v. t.) To refine, as gold or silver, in a test, or cupel; to subject to cupellation."
4474  
4475  "Test (v. t.) To put to the proof; to prove the truth, genuineness, or quality of by experiment, or by some principle or standard; to try; as, to test the soundness of a principle; to test the validity of an argument."
4476  
4477  "Test (v. t.) To examine or try, as by the use of some reagent; as, to test a solution by litmus paper."
4478  
4479  Test (n.) A witness.
4480  
4481  "Test (v. i.) To make a testament, or will."
4482  
4483  Tests (pl. ) of Testa
4484  
4485  Testae (pl. ) of Testa
4486  
4487  Test (n.) Alt. of Testa
4488  
4489  Testa (n.) The external hard or firm covering of many invertebrate animals.
4490  
4491  "Testa (n.) The outer integument of a seed; the episperm, or spermoderm."
4492  
4493  Testable (a.) Capable of being tested or proved.
4494  
4495  "Testable (a.) Capable of being devised, or given by will."
4496  
4497  "Testacea (n. pl.) Invertebrate animals covered with shells, especially mollusks; shellfish."
4498  
4499  Testacean (n.) Onr of the Testacea.
4500  
4501  "Testaceography (n.) The science which treats of testaceans, or shellfish; the description of shellfish."
4502  
4503  Testaceology (n.) The science of testaceous mollusks; conchology.
4504  
4505  "Testaceous (a.) Of or pertaining to shells; consisted of a hard shell, or having a hard shell."
4506  
4507  Testaceous (a.) Having a dull red brick color or a brownish yellow color.
4508  
4509  "Testacy (n.) The state or circumstance of being testate, or of leaving a valid will, or testament, at death."
4510  
4511  "Testament (n.) A solemn, authentic instrument in writing, by which a person declares his will as to disposal of his estate and effects after his death."
4512  
4513  "Testament (n.) One of the two distinct revelations of God's purposes toward man; a covenant; also, one of the two general divisions of the canonical books of the sacred Scriptures, in which the covenants are respectively revealed; as, the Old Testament; the New Testament; -- often limited, in colloquial language, to the latter."
4514  
4515  Testamental (a.) Of or pertaining to a testament; testamentary.
4516  
4517  "Testamentary (a.) Of or pertaining to a will, or testament; as, letters testamentary."
4518  
4519  Testamentary (a.) Bequeathed by will; given by testament.
4520  
4521  "Testamentary (a.) Done, appointed by, or founded on, a testament, or will; as, a testamentary guardian of a minor, who may be appointed by the will of a father to act in that capacity until the child becomes of age."
4522  
4523  "Testamentation (n.) The act or power of giving by testament, or will."
4524  
4525  Testamentize (v. i.) To make a will.
4526  
4527  "Testamur (n.) A certificate of merit or proficiency; -- so called from the Latin words, Ita testamur, with which it commences."
4528  
4529  "Testate (a.) Having made and left a will; as, a person is said to die testate."
4530  
4531  Testate (n.) One who leaves a valid will at death; a testate person.
4532  
4533  Testation (n.) A witnessing or witness.
4534  
4535  "Testator (n.) A man who makes and leaves a will, or testament, at death."
4536  
4537  Testatrix (n.) A woman who makes and leaves a will at death; a female testator.
4538  
4539  Teste (n.) A witness.
4540  
4541  "Teste (n.) The witnessing or concluding clause, duty attached; -- said of a writ, deed, or the like."
4542  
4543  Tester (n.) A headpiece; a helmet.
4544  
4545  "Tester (n.) A flat canopy, as over a pulpit or tomb."
4546  
4547  "Tester (n.) A canopy over a bed, supported by the bedposts."
4548  
4549  "Tester (n.) An old French silver coin, originally of the value of about eighteen pence, subsequently reduced to ninepence, and later to sixpence, sterling. Hence, in modern English slang, a sixpence; -- often contracted to tizzy. Called also teston."
4550  
4551  Testern (n.) A sixpence; a tester.
4552  
4553  Testern (v. t.) To present with a tester.
4554  
4555  "Testes (n.) pl. of Teste, or of Testis."
4556  
4557  Testicardines (n. pl.) A division of brachiopods including those which have a calcareous shell furnished with a hinge and hinge teeth. Terebratula and Spirifer are examples.
4558  
4559  Testicle (n.) One of the essential male genital glands which secrete the semen.
4560  
4561  "Testicond (a.) Having the testicles naturally concealed, as in the case of the cetaceans."
4562  
4563  Testicular (a.) Of or pertaining to the testicle.
4564  
4565  "Testiculate (a.) Shaped like a testicle, ovate and solid."
4566  
4567  "Testiculate (a.) Having two tubers resembling testicles in form, as some species of orchis."
4568  
4569  Testiere (n.) A piece of plate armor for the head of a war horse; a tester.
4570  
4571  Testif (a.) Testy; headstrong; obstinate.
4572  
4573  "Testification (n.) The act of testifying, or giving testimony or evidence; as, a direct testification of our homage to God."
4574  
4575  Testificator (n.) A testifier.
4576  
4577  "Testifier (n.) One who testifies; one who gives testimony, or bears witness to prove anything; a witness."
4578  
4579  Testified (imp. & p. p.) of Testify
4580  
4581  Testifying (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Testify
4582  
4583  "Testify (v. i.) To make a solemn declaration, verbal or written, to establish some fact; to give testimony for the purpose of communicating to others a knowledge of something not known to them."
4584  
4585  "Testify (v. i.) To make a solemn declaration under oath or affirmation, for the purpose of establishing, or making proof of, some fact to a court; to give testimony in a cause depending before a tribunal."
4586  
4587  Testify (v. i.) To declare a charge; to protest; to give information; to bear witness; -- with against.
4588  
4589  Testify (v. t.) To bear witness to; to support the truth of by testimony; to affirm or declare solemny.
4590  
4591  "Testify (v. t.) To affirm or declare under oath or affirmation before a tribunal, in order to prove some fact."
4592  
4593  Testify (adv.) In a testy manner; fretfully; peevishly; with petulance.
4594  
4595  "Testimonial (a.) A writing or certificate which bears testimony in favor of one's character, good conduct, ability, etc., or of the value of a thing."
4596  
4597  "Testimonial (a.) Something, as money or plate, presented to a preson as a token of respect, or of obligation for services rendered."
4598  
4599  "Testimonial (a.) Relating to, or containing, testimony."
4600  
4601  Testimonies (pl. ) of Testimony
4602  
4603  Testimony (n.) A solemn declaration or affirmation made for the purpose of establishing or proving some fact.
4604  
4605  "Testimony (n.) Affirmation; declaration; as, these doctrines are supported by the uniform testimony of the fathers; the belief of past facts must depend on the evidence of human testimony, or the testimony of historians."
4606  
4607  Testimony (n.) Open attestation; profession.
4608  
4609  Testimony (n.) Witness; evidence; proof of some fact.
4610  
4611  Testimony (n.) The two tables of the law.
4612  
4613  "Testimony (n.) Hence, the whole divine revelation; the sacre/ Scriptures."
4614  
4615  Testimony (v. t.) To witness; to attest; to prove by testimony.
4616  
4617  Testiness (n.) The quality or state of being testy; fretfulness; petulance.
4618  
4619  Testing (n.) The act of testing or proving; trial; proof.
4620  
4621  "Testing (n.) The operation of refining gold or silver in a test, or cupel; cupellation."
4622  
4623  Testes (pl. ) of Testis
4624  
4625  Testis (n.) A testicle.
4626  
4627  Teston (n.) A tester; a sixpence.
4628  
4629  "Testone (n.) A silver coin of Portugal, worth about sixpence sterling, or about eleven cents."
4630  
4631  "Testoon (n.) An Italian silver coin. The testoon of Rome is worth 1s. 3d. sterling, or about thirty cents."
4632  
4633  "Testudinal (a.) Of, pertaining to, or resembling, a tortoise."
4634  
4635  Testudinarious (a.) Of or pertaining to the shell of a tortoise; resembling a tortoise shell; having the color or markings of a tortoise shell.
4636  
4637  "Testudinata (n. pl.) An order of reptiles which includes the turtles and tortoises. The body is covered by a shell consisting of an upper or dorsal shell, called the carapace, and a lower or ventral shell, called the plastron, each of which consists of several plates."
4638  
4639  Testudinate (a.) Alt. of Testudinated
4640  
4641  Testudinated (a.) Resembling a tortoise shell in appearance or structure; roofed; arched; vaulted.
4642  
4643  Testudineous (a.) Resembling the shell of a tortoise.
4644  
4645  Testudines (pl. ) of Testudo
4646  
4647  "Testudo (n.) A genus of tortoises which formerly included a large number of diverse forms, but is now restricted to certain terrestrial species, such as the European land tortoise (Testudo Graeca) and the gopher of the Southern United States."
4648  
4649  "Testudo (n.) A cover or screen which a body of troops formed with their shields or targets, by holding them over their heads when standing close to each other. This cover resembled the back of a tortoise, and served to shelter the men from darts, stones, and other missiles. A similar defense was sometimes formed of boards, and moved on wheels."
4650  
4651  "Testudo (n.) A kind of musical instrument. a species of lyre; -- so called in allusion to the lyre of Mercury, fabled to have been made of the shell of a tortoise."
4652  
4653  Testy (superl.) Fretful; peevish; petulant; easily irritated.
4654  
4655  "Tetanic (a.) Of or pertaining to tetanus; having the character of tetanus; as, a tetanic state; tetanic contraction."
4656  
4657  "Tetanic (a.) Producing, or tending to produce, tetanus, or tonic contraction of the muscles; as, a tetanic remedy. See Tetanic, n."
4658  
4659  "Tetanic (n.) A substance (notably nux vomica, strychnine, and brucine) which, either as a remedy or a poison, acts primarily on the spinal cord, and which, when taken in comparatively large quantity, produces tetanic spasms or convulsions."
4660  
4661  Tetanin (n.) A poisonous base (ptomaine) formed in meat broth through the agency of a peculiar microbe from the wound of a person who has died of tetanus; -- so called because it produces tetanus as one of its prominent effects.
4662  
4663  Tetanization (n.) The production or condition of tetanus.
4664  
4665  "Tetanize (v. t.) To throw, as a muscle, into a state of permanent contraction; to cause tetanus in. See Tetanus, n., 2."
4666  
4667  Tetanoid (a.) Resembling tetanus.
4668  
4669  Tetanomotor (n.) An instrument from tetanizing a muscle by irritating its nerve by successive mechanical shocks.
4670  
4671  "Tetanus (n.) A painful and usually fatal disease, resulting generally from a wound, and having as its principal symptom persistent spasm of the voluntary muscles. When the muscles of the lower jaw are affected, it is called locked-jaw, or lickjaw, and it takes various names from the various incurvations of the body resulting from the spasm."
4672  
4673  "Tetanus (n.) That condition of a muscle in which it is in a state of continued vibratory contraction, as when stimulated by a series of induction shocks."
4674  
4675  "Tetany (n.) A morbid condition resembling tetanus, but distinguished from it by being less severe and having intermittent spasms."
4676  
4677  Tetard (n.) A gobioid fish (Eleotris gyrinus) of the Southern United States; -- called also sleeper.
4678  
4679  Tetartohedral (a.) Having one fourth the number of planes which are requisite to complete symmetry.
4680  
4681  Tetartohedrism (n.) The property of being tetartohedral.
4682  
4683  Tetaug (n.) See Tautog.
4684  
4685  Tetchiness (n.) See Techiness.
4686  
4687  Tetchy (a.) See Techy.
4688  
4689  Tete (n.) A kind of wig; false hair.
4690  
4691  Tete-a-tete (n.) Private conversation; familiar interview or conference of two persons.
4692  
4693  Tete-a-tete (n.) A short sofa intended to accomodate two persons.
4694  
4695  Tete-a-tete (a.) Private; confidential; familiar.
4696  
4697  Tete-a-tete (adv.) Face to face; privately or confidentially; familiarly.
4698  
4699  Tetes-de-pont (pl. ) of Tete-de-pont
4700  
4701  "Tete-de-pont (n.) A work thrown up at the end of a bridge nearest the enemy, for covering the communications across a river; a bridgehead."
4702  
4703  "Tetel (n.) A large African antelope (Alcelaphus tora). It has widely divergent, strongly ringed horns."
4704  
4705  "Tether (n.) A long rope or chain by which an animal is fastened, as to a stake, so that it can range or feed only within certain limits."
4706  
4707  Tethered (imp. & p. p.) of Tether
4708  
4709  Tethering (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Tether
4710  
4711  "Tether (v. t.) To confine, as an animal, with a long rope or chain, as for feeding within certain limits."
4712  
4713  Tethydan (n.) A tunicate.
4714  
4715  "Tethyodea (n. pl.) A division of Tunicata including the common attached ascidians, both simple and compound. Called also Tethioidea."
4716  
4717  "Tethys (n.) A genus of a large naked mollusks having a very large, broad, fringed cephalic disk, and branched dorsal gills. Some of the species become a foot long and are brilliantly colored."
4718  
4719  "Tetra- () A combining form or prefix signifying four, as in tetrabasic, tetrapetalous."
4720  
4721  "Tetra- () A combining form (also used adjectively) denoting four proportional or combining parts of the substance or ingredient denoted by the term to which it is prefixed, as in tetra-chloride, tetroxide."
4722  
4723  "Tetrabasic (a.) Capable of neutralizing four molecules of a monacid base; having four hydrogen atoms capable of replacement by bases; quadribasic; -- said of certain acids; thus, normal silicic acid, Si(OH)4, is a tetrabasic acid."
4724  
4725  Tetraboric (a.) Same as Pyroboric.
4726  
4727  "Tetrabranchiata (n. pl.) An order of Cephalopoda having four gills. Among living species it includes only the pearly nautilus. Numerous genera and species are found in the fossil state, such as Ammonites, Baculites, Orthoceras, etc."
4728  
4729  Tetrabranchiate (a.) Of or pertaining to the Tetrabranchiata.
4730  
4731  Tetrabranchiate (n.) One of the Tetrabranchiata.
4732  
4733  Tetracarpel (a.) Composed of four carpels.
4734  
4735  "Tetrachord (n.) A scale series of four sounds, of which the extremes, or first and last, constituted a fourth. These extremes were immutable; the two middle sounds were changeable."
4736  
4737  "Tetrachotomous (a.) Having a division by fours; separated into four parts or series, or into series of fours."
4738  
4739  "Tetracid (a.) Capable of neutralizing four molecules of a monobasic acid; having four hydrogen atoms capable of replacement ba acids or acid atoms; -- said of certain bases; thus, erythrine, C4H6(OH)4, is a tetracid alcohol."
4740  
4741  "Tetracoccous (a.) Having four cocci, or carpels."
4742  
4743  "Tetracolon (n.) A stanza or division in lyric poetry, consisting of four verses or lines."
4744  
4745  Tetracoralla (n. pl.) Same as Rugosa.
4746  
4747  Tetractinellid (n.) Any species of sponge of the division Tetractinellida. Also used adjectively.
4748  
4749  Tetractinellida (n. pl.) A division of Spongiae in which the spicules are siliceous and have four branches diverging at right angles. Called also Tetractinellinae.
4750  
4751  Tetrad (n.) The number four; a collection of four things; a quaternion.
4752  
4753  "Tetrad (n.) A tetravalent or quadrivalent atom or radical; as, carbon is a tetrad."
4754  
4755  Tetradactyl (a.) Alt. of Tetradactyle
4756  
4757  Tetradactyle (a.) Tetradactylous.
4758  
4759  "Tetradactylous (a.) Having, or characterized by, four digits to the foot or hand."
4760  
4761  "Tetradecane (n.) A light oily hydrocarbon, C14H30, of the marsh-gas series; -- so called from the fourteen carbon atoms in the molecule."
4762  
4763  Tetradecapoda (n. pl.) Same as Arthrostraca.
4764  
4765  "Tetradic (a.) Of or pertaining to a tetrad; possessing or having the characteristics of a tetrad; as, a carbon is a tetradic element."
4766  
4767  "Tetradite (n.) A person in some way remarkable with regard to the number four, as one born on the fourth day of the month, or one who reverenced four persons in the Godhead."
4768  
4769  Tetradon (n.) See Tetrodon.
4770  
4771  Tetradont (a. & n.) See Tetrodont.
4772  
4773  Tetradrachm (n.) Alt. of Tetradrachma
4774  
4775  "Tetradrachma (n.) A silver coin among the ancient Greeks, of the value of four drachms."
4776  
4777  "Tetradymite (n.) A telluride of bismuth. It is of a pale steel-gray color and metallic luster, and usually occurs in foliated masses. Called also telluric bismuth."
4778  
4779  "Tetradynamia (n. pl.) A Linnaean class of plants having six stamens, four of which are longer than the others."
4780  
4781  Tetradynamian (n.) A plant of the order Tetradynamia.
4782  
4783  Tetradynamian (a.) Alt. of Tetradynamous
4784  
4785  "Tetradynamous (a.) Belonging to the order Tetradynamia; having six stamens, four of which are uniformly longer than the others."
4786  
4787  "Tetragon (n.) A plane figure having four sides and angles; a quadrangle, as a square, a rhombus, etc."
4788  
4789  "Tetragon (n.) An aspect of two planets with regard to the earth when they are distant from each other ninety degrees, or the fourth of a circle."
4790  
4791  "Tetragonal (a.) Of or pertaining to a tetragon; having four angles or sides; thus, the square, the parallelogram, the rhombus, and the trapezium are tetragonal fingers."
4792  
4793  Tetragonal (a.) Having four prominent longitudinal angles.
4794  
4795  "Tetragonal (a.) Designating, or belonging to, a certain system of crystallization; dimetric. See Tetragonal system, under Crystallization."
4796  
4797  "Tetragrammaton (n.) The mystic number four, which was often symbolized to represent the Deity, whose name was expressed by four letters among some ancient nations; as, the Hebrew JeHoVaH, Greek qeo`s, Latin deus, etc."
4798  
4799  Tetragynia (n. pl.) A Linnaean order of plants having four styles.
4800  
4801  Tetragynian (a.) Alt. of Tetragynous
4802  
4803  Tetragynous (a.) Belonging to the order Tetragynia; having four styles.
4804  
4805  "Tetrahedral (a.) Having, or composed of, four sides."
4806  
4807  Tetrahedral (a.) Having the form of the regular tetrahedron.
4808  
4809  "Tetrahedral (a.) Pertaining or related to a tetrahedron, or to the system of hemihedral forms to which the tetrahedron belongs."
4810  
4811  Tetrahedrally (adv.) In a tetrahedral manner.
4812  
4813  "Tetrahedrite (n.) A sulphide of antimony and copper, with small quantities of other metals. It is a very common ore of copper, and some varieties yield a considerable presentage of silver. Called also gray copper ore, fahlore, and panabase."
4814  
4815  Tetrahedron (n.) A solid figure inclosed or bounded by four triangles.
4816  
4817  Tetrahexahedral (a.) Pertaining to a tetrahexahedron.
4818  
4819  "Tetrahexahedron (n.) A solid in the isometric system, bounded by twenty-four equal triangular faces, four corresponding to each face of the cube."
4820  
4821  Tetrakishexahedron (n.) A tetrahexahedron.
4822  
4823  "Tetrakosane (n.) A hydrocarbon, C24H50, resembling paraffin, and like it belonging to the marsh-gas series; -- so called from having twenty-four atoms of carbon in the molecule."
4824  
4825  "Tetralogy (n.) A group or series of four dramatic pieces, three tragedies and one satyric, or comic, piece (or sometimes four tragedies), represented consequently on the Attic stage at the Dionysiac festival."
4826  
4827  "Tetramera (n. pl.) A division of Coleoptera having, apparently, only four tarsal joints, one joint being rudimentary."
4828  
4829  "Tetramerous (a.) Having the parts arranged in sets of four; as, a tetramerous flower."
4830  
4831  Tetramerous (a.) Having four joints in each of the tarsi; -- said of certain insects.
4832  
4833  "Tetrameter (n.) A verse or line consisting of four measures, that is, in iambic, trochaic, and anapestic verse, of eight feet; in other kinds of verse, of four feet."
4834  
4835  "Tetramethylene (n.) A hypothetical hydrocarbon, C4H8, analogous to trimethylene, and regarded as the base of well-known series or derivatives."
4836  
4837  "Tetramethylene (n.) Sometimes, an isomeric radical used to designate certain compounds which are really related to butylene."
4838  
4839  "Tetramorph (n.) The union of the four attributes of the Evangelists in one figure, which is represented as winged, and standing on winged fiery wheels, the wings being covered with eyes. The representations of it are evidently suggested by the vision of Ezekiel (ch. i.)"
4840  
4841  Tetrandria (n. pl.) A Linnaean class of plants having four stamens.
4842  
4843  Tetrandrian (a.) Alt. of Tetrandrous
4844  
4845  Tetrandrous (a.) Belonging to the class Tetrandria.
4846  
4847  "Tetraonid (n.) A bird belonging to the tribe of which the genus Tetrao is the type, as the grouse, partridge, quail, and the like. Used also adjectively."
4848  
4849  "Tetrapetalous (a.) Containing four distinct petals, or flower leaves; as, a tetrapetalous corolla."
4850  
4851  Tetrapharmacom (n.) Alt. of Tetrapharmacum
4852  
4853  "Tetrapharmacum (n.) A combination of wax, resin, lard, and pitch, composing an ointment."
4854  
4855  Tetraphenol (n.) Furfuran.
4856  
4857  Tetraphyllous (a.) Having four leaves; consisting of four distinct leaves or leaflets.
4858  
4859  "Tetrapla (sing.) A Bible consisting of four different Greek versions arranged in four columns by Origen; hence, any version in four languages or four columns."
4860  
4861  "Tetraneumona (n. pl.) A division of Arachnida including those spiders which have four lungs, or pulmonary sacs. It includes the bird spiders (Mygale) and the trapdoor spiders. See Mygale."
4862  
4863  Tetrapnuemonian (n.) One of the Tetrapneumona.
4864  
4865  "Tetrapod (n.) An insect characterized by having but four perfect legs, as certain of the butterflies."
4866  
4867  Tetrapody (n.) A set of four feet; a measure or distance of four feet.
4868  
4869  Tetrapteran (n.) An insect having four wings.
4870  
4871  Tetrapterous (a.) Having four wings.
4872  
4873  Tetraptote (n.) A noun that has four cases only.
4874  
4875  "Tetrarch (a.) A Roman governor of the fourth part of a province; hence, any subordinate or dependent prince; also, a petty king or sovereign."
4876  
4877  Tetrarch (a.) Four.
4878  
4879  Tetrarchate (n.) A tetrarchy.
4880  
4881  Tetrarchical (a.) Of or pertaining to a tetrarch or tetrarchy.
4882  
4883  Tetrarchies (pl. ) of Tetrarchy
4884  
4885  Tetrarchy (n.) The district under a Roman tetrarch; the office or jurisdiction of a tetrarch; a tetrarchate.
4886  
4887  Tetraschistic (a.) Characterized by division into four parts.
4888  
4889  Tetrasepalous (a.) Having four sepals.
4890  
4891  Tetraspaston (n.) A machine in which four pulleys act together.
4892  
4893  Tetraspermous (a.) Having four seeds.
4894  
4895  "Tetraspore (n.) A nonsexual spore, one of a group of four regularly occurring in red seaweeds."
4896  
4897  "Tetrastich (n.) A stanza, epigram, or poem, consisting of four verses or lines."
4898  
4899  "Tetrastyle (a.) Having four columns in front; -- said of a temple, portico, or colonnade."
4900  
4901  Tetrastyle (n.) A tetrastyle building.
4902  
4903  Tetrasyllabic (a.) Alt. of Tetrasyllabical
4904  
4905  "Tetrasyllabical (a.) Consisting of, or having, four syllables; quadrisyllabic."
4906  
4907  Terrasyllable (n.) A word consisting of four syllables; a quadrisyllable.
4908  
4909  "Tetrathecal (a.) Having four loculaments, or thecae."
4910  
4911  Tetrathionate (n.) A salt of tetrathionic acid.
4912  
4913  "Tetrathionic (a.) Of, pertaining to, or designating, a thionic derivative, H/S/O/, of sulphuric acid, obtained as a colorless, odorless liquid."
4914  
4915  "Tetratomic (a.) Consisting of four atoms; having four atoms in the molecule, as phosphorus and arsenic."
4916  
4917  "Tetratomic (a.) Having a valence of four; quadrivalent; tetravalent; sometimes, in a specific sense, having four hydroxyl groups, whether acid or basic."
4918  
4919  Tetravalence (n.) The quality or state of being tetravalent; quadrivalence.
4920  
4921  Tetravalent (a.) Having a valence of four; tetratomic; quadrivalent.
4922  
4923  Tetraxile (a.) Having four branches diverging at right angles; -- said of certain spicules of sponges.
4924  
4925  "Tetrazo- (a.) A combining form (also used adjectively), designating any one of a series of double derivatives of the azo and diazo compounds containing four atoms of nitrogen."
4926  
4927  "Tetrazone (n.) Any one of a certain series of basic compounds containing a chain of four nitrogen atoms; for example, ethyl tetrazone, (C2H5)2N.N2.N(C2H5)2, a colorless liquid having an odor of leeks."
4928  
4929  Tetric (a.) Alt. of Tetrical
4930  
4931  Tetrical (a.) Forward; perverse; harsh; sour; rugged.
4932  
4933  Tetricity (n.) Crabbedness; perverseness.
4934  
4935  Tetricous (a.) Tetric.
4936  
4937  "Tetrinic (a.) Of, pertaining to, or designating, a complex ketonic acid, C5H6O3, obtained as a white crystalline substance; -- so called because once supposed to contain a peculiar radical of four carbon atoms. Called also acetyl-acrylic acid."
4938  
4939  "Tetrodon (n.) Any one of numerous species of plectognath fishes belonging to Tetrodon and allied genera. Each jaw is furnished with two large, thick, beaklike, bony teeth."
4940  
4941  Tetrodont (a.) Of or pertaining to the tetrodons.
4942  
4943  Tetrodont (n.) A tetrodon.
4944  
4945  "Tetrol (n.) A hypothetical hydrocarbon, C4H4, analogous to benzene; -- so called from the four carbon atoms in the molecule."
4946  
4947  "Tetrolic (a.) Of, pertaining to, or designating, an acid, C3H3.CO2H, of the acetylene series, homologous with propiolic acid, obtained as a white crystalline substance."
4948  
4949  "Tetroxide (n.) An oxide having four atoms of oxygen in the molecule; a quadroxide; as, osmium tetroxide, OsO/."
4950  
4951  Tetryl (n.) Butyl; -- so called from the four carbon atoms in the molecule.
4952  
4953  Tetrylene (n.) Butylene; -- so called from the four carbon atoms in the molecule.
4954  
4955  Tetter (n.) A vesicular disease of the skin; herpes. See Herpes.
4956  
4957  Tettered (imp. & p. p.) of Tetter
4958  
4959  Tettering (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Tetter
4960  
4961  Tetter (v. t.) To affect with tetter.
4962  
4963  "Tetterous (a.) Having the character of, or pertaining to, tetter."
4964  
4965  "Tetter-totter (n.) A certain game of children; seesaw; -- called also titter-totter, and titter-cum-totter."
4966  
4967  "Tetterwort (n.) A plant used as a remedy for tetter, -- in England the calendine, in America the bloodroot."
4968  
4969  Tettigonian (n.) Any one of numerous species of Hemiptera belonging to Tettigonia and allied genera; a leaf hopper.
4970  
4971  Tettish (a.) Captious; testy.
4972  
4973  Tettix (n.) The cicada.
4974  
4975  Tettix (n.) A genus of small grasshoppers.
4976  
4977  Tetty (a.) Testy; irritable.
4978  
4979  Teufit (n.) The lapwing; -- called also teuchit.
4980  
4981  Teuk (n.) The redshank.
4982  
4983  Teutons (pl. ) of Teuton
4984  
4985  Teutones (pl. ) of Teuton
4986  
4987  "Teuton (n.) One of an ancient German tribe; later, a name applied to any member of the Germanic race in Europe; now used to designate a German, Dutchman, Scandinavian, etc., in distinction from a Celt or one of a Latin race."
4988  
4989  "Teuton (n.) A member of the Teutonic branch of the Indo-European, or Aryan, family."
4990  
4991  "Teutonic (a.) Of or pertaining to the Teutons, esp. the ancient Teutons; Germanic."
4992  
4993  "Teutonic (a.) Of or pertaining to any of the Teutonic languages, or the peoples who speak these languages."
4994  
4995  "Teutonic (n.) The language of the ancient Germans; the Teutonic languages, collectively."
4996  
4997  "Teutonicism (n.) A mode of speech peculiar to the Teutons; a Teutonic idiom, phrase, or expression; a Teutonic mode or custom; a Germanism."
4998  
4999  Tewed (imp. & p. p.) of Tew
5000  
5001  Tewing (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Tew
5002  
5003  "Tew (v.) To prepare by beating or working, as leather or hemp; to taw."
5004  
5005  "Tew (v.) Hence, to beat; to scourge; also, to pull about; to maul; to tease; to vex."
5006  
5007  Tew (v. i.) To work hard; to strive; to fuse.
5008  
5009  "Tew (v. t.) To tow along, as a vessel."
5010  
5011  "Tew (n.) A rope or chain for towing a boat; also, a cord; a string."
5012  
5013  Tewan (n.) A tribe of American Indians including many of the Pueblos of New Mexico and adjacent regions.
5014  
5015  Tewed (a.) Fatigued; worn with labor or hardship.
5016  
5017  "Tewel (n.) A pipe, funnel, or chimney, as for smoke."
5018  
5019  Tewel (n.) The tuyere of a furnace.
5020  
5021  Tewhit (n.) The lapwing; -- called also teewheep.
5022  
5023  "Tewtaw (v. t.) To beat; to break, as flax or hemp."
5024  
5025  "Texas (n.) A structure on the hurricane deck of a steamer, containing the pilot house, officers' cabins, etc."
5026  
5027  "Text (n.) A discourse or composition on which a note or commentary is written; the original words of an author, in distinction from a paraphrase, annotation, or commentary."
5028  
5029  "Text (n.) The four Gospels, by way of distinction or eminence."
5030  
5031  "Text (n.) A verse or passage of Scripture, especially one chosen as the subject of a sermon, or in proof of a doctrine."
5032  
5033  "Text (n.) Hence, anything chosen as the subject of an argument, literary composition, or the like; topic; theme."
5034  
5035  "Text (n.) A style of writing in large characters; text-hand also, a kind of type used in printing; as, German text."
5036  
5037  "Text (v. t.) To write in large characters, as in text hand."
5038  
5039  "Text-book (n.) A book with wide spaces between the lines, to give room for notes."
5040  
5041  "Text-book (n.) A volume, as of some classical author, on which a teacher lectures or comments; hence, any manual of instruction; a schoolbook."
5042  
5043  Text-hand (n.) A large hand in writing; -- so called because it was the practice to write the text of a book in a large hand and the notes in a smaller hand.
5044  
5045  "Textile (a.) Pertaining to weaving or to woven fabrics; as, textile arts; woven, capable of being woven; formed by weaving; as, textile fabrics."
5046  
5047  "Textile (n.) That which is, or may be, woven; a fabric made by weaving."
5048  
5049  Textmen (pl. ) of Textman
5050  
5051  Textman (n.) One ready in quoting texts.
5052  
5053  Textorial (a.) Of or pertaining to weaving.
5054  
5055  "Textrine (a.) Of or pertaining to weaving, textorial; as, the textrine art."
5056  
5057  "Textual (a.) Of, pertaining to, or contained in, the text; as, textual criticism; a textual reading."
5058  
5059  "Textual (a.) Serving for, or depending on, texts."
5060  
5061  Textual (a.) Familiar with texts or authorities so as to cite them accurately.
5062  
5063  Textualist (n.) A textman; a textuary.
5064  
5065  Textually (adv.) In a textual manner; in the text or body of a work; in accordance with the text.
5066  
5067  Textuarist (n.) A textuary.
5068  
5069  Textuary (a.) Contained in the text; textual.
5070  
5071  Textuary (a.) Serving as a text; authoritative.
5072  
5073  Textuary (n.) One who is well versed in the Scriptures; a textman.
5074  
5075  Textuary (n.) One who adheres strictly or rigidly to the text.
5076  
5077  Textuel (a.) Textual.
5078  
5079  Textuist (n.) A textualist; a textman.
5080  
5081  Textural (a.) Of or pertaining to texture.
5082  
5083  Texture (n.) The act or art of weaving.
5084  
5085  Texture (n.) That which woven; a woven fabric; a web.
5086  
5087  "Texture (n.) The disposition or connection of threads, filaments, or other slender bodies, interwoven; as, the texture of cloth or of a spider's web."
5088  
5089  "Texture (n.) The disposition of the several parts of any body in connection with each other, or the manner in which the constituent parts are united; structure; as, the texture of earthy substances or minerals; the texture of a plant or a bone; the texture of paper; a loose or compact texture."
5090  
5091  Texture (n.) A tissue. See Tissue.
5092  
5093  Textured (imp. & p. p.) of Texture
5094  
5095  Texturing (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Texture
5096  
5097  Texture (v. t.) To form a texture of or with; to interweave.
5098  
5099  Textury (n.) The art or process of weaving; texture.
5100  
5101  Teyne (n.) A thin plate of metal.
5102  
5103  "Th () In Old English, the article the, when the following word began with a vowel, was often written with elision as if a part of the word. Thus in Chaucer, the forms thabsence, tharray, thegle, thend, thingot, etc., are found for the absence, the array, the eagle, the end, etc."
5104  
5105  Thack () Alt. of Thacker
5106  
5107  "Thacker () See Thatch, Thatcher."
5108  
5109  Thak (v. t.) To thwack.
5110  
5111  "Thalamencephalon (n.) The segment of the brain next in front of the midbrain, including the thalami, pineal gland, and pituitary body; the diencephalon; the interbrain."
5112  
5113  Thalamic (a.) Of or pertaining to a thalamus or to thalami.
5114  
5115  Thalamifloral (a.) Alt. of Thalamiflorous
5116  
5117  Thalamiflorous (a.) Bearing the stamens directly on the receptacle; -- said of a subclass of polypetalous dicotyledonous plants in the system of De Candolle.
5118  
5119  Thalamocoele (n.) The cavity or ventricle of the thalamencephalon; the third ventricle.
5120  
5121  Thalamophora (n. pl.) Same as Foraminifera.
5122  
5123  Thalami (pl. ) of Thalamus
5124  
5125  Thalamus (n.) A mass of nervous matter on either side of the third ventricle of the brain; -- called also optic thalamus.
5126  
5127  Thalamus (n.) Same as Thallus.
5128  
5129  Thalamus (n.) The receptacle of a flower; a torus.
5130  
5131  Thalassian (n.) Any sea tortoise.
5132  
5133  Thalassic (a.) Of or pertaining to the sea; -- sometimes applied to rocks formed from sediments deposited upon the sea bottom.
5134  
5135  "Thalassinian (n.) Any species of Thalaassinidae, a family of burrowing macrurous Crustacea, having a long and soft abdomen."
5136  
5137  Thalassography (n.) The study or science of the life of marine organisms.
5138  
5139  "Thaler (n.) A German silver coin worth about three shillings sterling, or about 73 cents."
5140  
5141  Thalia (n.) That one of the nine Muses who presided over comedy.
5142  
5143  Thalia (n.) One of the three Graces.
5144  
5145  Thalia (n.) One of the Nereids.
5146  
5147  "Thaliacea (n. pl.) A division of Tunicata comprising the free-swimming species, such as Salpa and Doliolum."
5148  
5149  "Thalian (a.) Of or pertaining to Thalia; hence, of or pertaining to comedy; comic."
5150  
5151  Thallate (n.) A salt of a hypothetical thallic acid.
5152  
5153  "Thallene (n.) A hydrocarbon obtained from coal-tar residues, and remarkable for its intense yellowish green fluorescence."
5154  
5155  "Thallic (a.) Of or pertaining to thallium; derived from, or containing, thallium; specifically, designating those compounds in which the element has a higher valence as contrasted with the thallous compounds; as, thallic oxide."
5156  
5157  Thalline (a.) Consisting of a thallus.
5158  
5159  "Thalline (n.) An artificial alkaloid of the quinoline series, obtained as a white crystalline substance, C10H13NO, whose salts are valuable as antipyretics; -- so called from the green color produced in its solution by certain oxidizing agents."
5160  
5161  Thallious (a.) See Thallous.
5162  
5163  "Thallium (n.) A rare metallic element of the aluminium group found in some minerals, as certain pyrites, and also in the lead-chamber deposit in the manufacture of sulphuric acid. It is isolated as a heavy, soft, bluish white metal, easily oxidized in moist air, but preserved by keeping under water. Symbol Tl. Atomic weight 203.7."
5164  
5165  "Thallogen (n.) One of a large class or division of the vegetable kingdom, which includes those flowerless plants, such as fungi, algae, and lichens, that consist of a thallus only, composed of cellular tissue, or of a congeries of cells, or even of separate cells, and never show a distinction into root, stem, and leaf."
5166  
5167  "Thalloid (a.) Resembling, or consisting of, thallus."
5168  
5169  Thallophyte (n.) Same as Thallogen.
5170  
5171  "Thallous (a.) Of or pertaining to thallium; derived from, or containing, thallium; specifically, designating those compounds in which the element has a lower valence as contrasted with the thallic compounds."
5172  
5173  Thalli (pl. ) of Thallus
5174  
5175  "Thallus (n.) A solid mass of cellular tissue, consisting of one or more layers, usually in the form of a flat stratum or expansion, but sometimes erect or pendulous, and elongated and branching, and forming the substance of the thallogens."
5176  
5177  Thammuz (n.) Alt. of Tammuz
5178  
5179  "Tammuz (n.) A deity among the ancient Syrians, in honor of whom the Hebrew idolatresses held an annual lamentation. This deity has been conjectured to be the same with the Phoenician Adon, or Adonis."
5180  
5181  "Tammuz (n.) The fourth month of the Jewish ecclesiastical year, -- supposed to correspond nearly with our month of July."
5182  
5183  Thamnophile (n.) A bush shrike.
5184  
5185  Thamyn (n.) An Asiatic deer (Rucervus Eldi) resembling the swamp deer; -- called also Eld's deer.
5186  
5187  "Than (conj.) A particle expressing comparison, used after certain adjectives and adverbs which express comparison or diversity, as more, better, other, otherwise, and the like. It is usually followed by the object compared in the nominative case. Sometimes, however, the object compared is placed in the objective case, and than is then considered by some grammarians as a preposition. Sometimes the object is expressed in a sentence, usually introduced by that; as, I would rather suffer than that you should want."
5188  
5189  Than (adv.) Then. See Then.
5190  
5191  Thanage (n.) The district in which a thane anciently had jurisdiction; thanedom.
5192  
5193  Thanatoid (a.) Deathlike; resembling death.
5194  
5195  "Thanatology (n.) A description, or the doctrine, of death."
5196  
5197  Thanatopsis (n.) A view of death; a meditation on the subject of death.
5198  
5199  "Thane (n.) A dignitary under the Anglo-Saxons and Danes in England. Of these there were two orders, the king's thanes, who attended the kings in their courts and held lands immediately of them, and the ordinary thanes, who were lords of manors and who had particular jurisdiction within their limits. After the Conquest, this title was disused, and baron took its place."
5200  
5201  Thanedom (n.) The property or jurisdiction of a thane; thanage.
5202  
5203  "Thanehood (n.) The character or dignity of a thane; also, thanes, collectively."
5204  
5205  "Thaneship (n.) The state or dignity of a thane; thanehood; also, the seignioralty of a thane."
5206  
5207  Thanks (pl. ) of Thank
5208  
5209  "Thank (n.) A expression of gratitude; an acknowledgment expressive of a sense of favor or kindness received; obligation, claim, or desert, or gratitude; -- now generally used in the plural."
5210  
5211  Thanked (imp. & p. p.) of Thank
5212  
5213  Thanking (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Thank
5214  
5215  Thank (n.) To express gratitude to (anyone) for a favor; to make acknowledgments to (anyone) for kindness bestowed; -- used also ironically for blame.
5216  
5217  Thankful (a.) Obtaining or deserving thanks; thankworthy.
5218  
5219  "Thankful (a.) Impressed with a sense of kindness received, and ready to acknowledge it; grateful."
5220  
5221  Thankless (a.) Not acknowledging favors; not expressing thankfulness; unthankful; ungrateful.
5222  
5223  "Thankless (a.) Not obtaining or deserving thanks; unacceptable; as, a thankless task."
5224  
5225  Thankly (adv.) Thankfully.
5226  
5227  Thanksgive (v. t.) To give or dedicate in token of thanks.
5228  
5229  "Thanksgiver (n.) One who gives thanks, or acknowledges a kindness."
5230  
5231  "Thanksgiving (n.) The act of rending thanks, or expressing gratitude for favors or mercies."
5232  
5233  "Thanksgiving (n.) A public acknowledgment or celebration of divine goodness; also, a day set apart for religious services, specially to acknowledge the goodness of God, either in any remarkable deliverance from calamities or danger, or in the ordinary dispensation of his bounties."
5234  
5235  Thankworthiness (n.) The quality or state of being thankworthy.
5236  
5237  Thankworthy (a.) Deserving thanks; worthy of gratitude; mreitorious.
5238  
5239  "Thar (n.) A goatlike animal (Capra Jemlaica) native of the Himalayas. It has small, flattened horns, curved directly backward. The hair of the neck, shoulders, and chest of the male is very long, reaching to the knees. Called also serow, and imo."
5240  
5241  "Thar (v. impersonal, pres.) It needs; need."
5242  
5243  Tharms (n. pl.) Twisted guts.
5244  
5245  "Tharos (n.) A small American butterfly (Phycoides tharos) having the upper surface of the wings variegated with orange and black, the outer margins black with small white crescents; -- called also pearl crescent."
5246  
5247  "That (pron., a., conj., & adv.) As a demonstrative pronoun (pl. Those), that usually points out, or refers to, a person or thing previously mentioned, or supposed to be understood. That, as a demonstrative, may precede the noun to which it refers; as, that which he has said is true; those in the basket are good apples."
5248  
5249  "That (pron., a., conj., & adv.) As an adjective, that has the same demonstrative force as the pronoun, but is followed by a noun."
5250  
5251  "That (pron., a., conj., & adv.) As a relative pronoun, that is equivalent to who or which, serving to point out, and make definite, a person or thing spoken of, or alluded to, before, and may be either singular or plural."
5252  
5253  "That (pron., a., conj., & adv.) As a conjunction, that retains much of its force as a demonstrative pronoun."
5254  
5255  "That (pron., a., conj., & adv.) To introduce a clause employed as the object of the preceding verb, or as the subject or predicate nominative of a verb."
5256  
5257  "That (pron., a., conj., & adv.) To introduce, a reason or cause; -- equivalent to for that, in that, for the reason that, because."
5258  
5259  "That (pron., a., conj., & adv.) To introduce a purpose; -- usually followed by may, or might, and frequently preceded by so, in order, to the end, etc."
5260  
5261  "That (pron., a., conj., & adv.) To introduce a consequence, result, or effect; -- usually preceded by so or such, sometimes by that."
5262  
5263  "That (pron., a., conj., & adv.) In an elliptical sentence to introduce a dependent sentence expressing a wish, or a cause of surprise, indignation, or the like."
5264  
5265  "That (pron., a., conj., & adv.) As adverb: To such a degree; so; as, he was that frightened he could say nothing."
5266  
5267  "Thatch (n.) Straw, rushes, or the like, used for making or covering the roofs of buildings, or of stacks of hay or grain."
5268  
5269  "Thatch (n.) A name in the West Indies for several kinds of palm, the leaves of which are used for thatching."
5270  
5271  Thatched (imp. & p. p.) of Thatch
5272  
5273  Thatching (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Thatch
5274  
5275  "Thatch (n.) To cover with, or with a roof of, straw, reeds, or some similar substance; as, to thatch a roof, a stable, or a stack of grain."
5276  
5277  Thatcher (n.) One who thatches.
5278  
5279  "Thatching (n.) The act or art of covering buildings with thatch; so as to keep out rain, snow, etc."
5280  
5281  Thatching (n.) The materials used for this purpose; thatch.
5282  
5283  Thaught (n.) See Thwart.
5284  
5285  Thaumatolatry (n.) Worship or undue admiration of wonderful or miraculous things.
5286  
5287  Thaumatrope (n.) An optical instrument or toy for showing the presistence of an impression upon the eyes after the luminous object is withdrawn.
5288  
5289  Thaumaturge (n.) A magician; a wonder worker.
5290  
5291  Thaumaturgic (a.) Alt. of Thaumaturgical
5292  
5293  Thaumaturgical (a.) Of or pertaining to thaumaturgy; magical; wonderful.
5294  
5295  "Thaumaturgics (n.) Feats of legerdemain, or magical performances."
5296  
5297  "Thaumaturgist (n.) One who deals in wonders, or believes in them; a wonder worker."
5298  
5299  Thaumaturgus (n.) A miracle worker; -- a title given by the Roman Catholics to some saints.
5300  
5301  Thaumaturgy (n.) The act or art of performing something wonderful; magic; legerdemain.
5302  
5303  Thave (n.) Same as Theave.
5304  
5305  Thawed (imp. & p. p.) of Thaw
5306  
5307  Thawing (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Thaw
5308  
5309  "Thaw (v. i.) To melt, dissolve, or become fluid; to soften; -- said of that which is frozen; as, the ice thaws."
5310  
5311  "Thaw (v. i.) To become so warm as to melt ice and snow; -- said in reference to the weather, and used impersonally."
5312  
5313  Thaw (v. i.) Fig.: To grow gentle or genial.
5314  
5315  "Thaw (v. t.) To cause (frozen things, as earth, snow, ice) to melt, soften, or dissolve."
5316  
5317  "Thaw (n.) The melting of ice, snow, or other congealed matter; the resolution of ice, or the like, into the state of a fluid; liquefaction by heat of anything congealed by frost; also, a warmth of weather sufficient to melt that which is congealed."
5318  
5319  Thawy (a.) Liquefying by heat after having been frozen; thawing; melting.
5320  
5321  The (v. i.) See Thee.
5322  
5323  The (definite article.) A word placed before nouns to limit or individualize their meaning.
5324  
5325  "The (adv.) By that; by how much; by so much; on that account; -- used before comparatives; as, the longer we continue in sin, the more difficult it is to reform."
5326  
5327  Thea (n.) A genus of plants found in China and Japan; the tea plant.
5328  
5329  "Theandric (a.) Relating to, or existing by, the union of divine and human operation in Christ, or the joint agency of the divine and human nature."
5330  
5331  Theanthropic (a.) Alt. of Theanthropical
5332  
5333  "Theanthropical (a.) Partaking of, or combining, both divinity and humanity."
5334  
5335  Theanthropism (n.) A state of being God and man.
5336  
5337  "Theanthropism (n.) The ascription of human atributes to the Deity, or to a polytheistic deity; anthropomorphism."
5338  
5339  "Theanthropist (n.) One who advocates, or believes in, theanthropism."
5340  
5341  Theanthropy (n.) Theanthropism.
5342  
5343  Thearchic (a.) Divinely sovereign or supreme.
5344  
5345  Thearchy (n.) Government by God; divine sovereignty; theocracy.
5346  
5347  Theater (n.) Alt. of Theatre
5348  
5349  "Theatre (n.) An edifice in which dramatic performances or spectacles are exhibited for the amusement of spectators; anciently uncovered, except the stage, but in modern times roofed."
5350  
5351  "Theatre (n.) Any room adapted to the exhibition of any performances before an assembly, as public lectures, scholastic exercises, anatomical demonstrations, surgical operations, etc."
5352  
5353  "Theatre (n.) That which resembles a theater in form, use, or the like; a place rising by steps or gradations, like the seats of a theater."
5354  
5355  Theatre (n.) A sphere or scheme of operation.
5356  
5357  "Theatre (n.) A place or region where great events are enacted; as, the theater of war."
5358  
5359  Theatin (n.) Alt. of Theatine
5360  
5361  "Theatine (n.) One of an order of Italian monks, established in 1524, expressly to oppose Reformation, and to raise the tone of piety among Roman Catholics. They hold no property, nor do they beg, but depend on what Providence sends. Their chief employment is preaching and giving religious instruction."
5362  
5363  "Theatine (n.) One of an order of nuns founded by Ursula Benincasa, who died in 1618."
5364  
5365  Theatral (a.) Of or pertaining to a theater; theatrical.
5366  
5367  Theatric (a.) Theatrical.
5368  
5369  "Theatrical (a.) Of or pertaining to a theater, or to the scenic representations; resembling the manner of dramatic performers; histrionic; hence, artificial; as, theatrical performances; theatrical gestures."
5370  
5371  "Theatricals (n. pl.) Dramatic performances; especially, those produced by amateurs."
5372  
5373  "Theave (n.) A ewe lamb of the first year; also, a sheep three years old."
5374  
5375  "Thebaic (a.) Of or pertaining to Thebes in Egypt; specifically, designating a version of the Bible preserved by the Copts, and esteemed of great value by biblical scholars. This version is also called the Sahidic version."
5376  
5377  Thebaid (n.) A Latin epic poem by Statius about Thebes in Boeotia.
5378  
5379  "Thebaine (n.) A poisonous alkaloid, C19H21NO3, found in opium in small quantities, having a sharp, astringent taste, and a tetanic action resembling that of strychnine."
5380  
5381  Theban (a.) Of or pertaining to Thebes.
5382  
5383  "Theban (n.) A native or inhabitant of Thebes; also, a wise man."
5384  
5385  Thecae (pl. ) of Theca
5386  
5387  "Theca (n.) A sheath; a case; as, the theca, or cell, of an anther; the theca, or spore case, of a fungus; the theca of the spinal cord."
5388  
5389  Theca (n.) The chitinous cup which protects the hydranths of certain hydroids.
5390  
5391  Theca (n.) The more or less cuplike calicle of a coral.
5392  
5393  Theca (n.) The wall forming a calicle of a coral.
5394  
5395  "Thecal (a.) Of or pertaining to a theca; as, a thecal abscess."
5396  
5397  "Thecaphore (n.) A surface or organ bearing a theca, or covered with thecae."
5398  
5399  Thecaphore (n.) See Basigynium.
5400  
5401  "Thecasporous (a.) Having the spores in thecae, or cases."
5402  
5403  Thecata (n. pl.) Same as Thecophora.
5404  
5405  "Thecla (n.) Any one of many species of small delicately colored butterflies belonging to Thecla and allied genera; -- called also hairstreak, and elfin."
5406  
5407  "Thecodactyl (n.) Any one of a group of lizards of the Gecko tribe, having the toes broad, and furnished with a groove in which the claws can be concealed."
5408  
5409  Thecodont (a.) Having the teeth inserted in sockets in the alveoli of the jaws.
5410  
5411  Thecodont (a.) Of or pertaining to the thecodonts.
5412  
5413  Thecodont (n.) One of the Thecodontia.
5414  
5415  Thecodontia (n. pl.) A group of fossil saurians having biconcave vertebrae and the teeth implanted in sockets.
5416  
5417  Thecophora (n. pl.) A division of hydroids comprising those which have the hydranths in thecae and the gonophores in capsules. The campanularians and sertularians are examples. Called also Thecata. See Illust. under Hydroidea.
5418  
5419  Thecosomata (n. pl.) An order of Pteropoda comprising those species which have a shell. See Pteropoda.
5420  
5421  Thedom (n.) Success; fortune; luck; chance.
5422  
5423  Thee (a.) To thrive; to prosper.
5424  
5425  Thee (pron.) The objective case of thou. See Thou.
5426  
5427  "Theft (n.) The act of stealing; specifically, the felonious taking and removing of personal property, with an intent to deprive the rightful owner of the same; larceny."
5428  
5429  Theft (n.) The thing stolen.
5430  
5431  "Theftbote (n.) The receiving of a man's goods again from a thief, or a compensation for them, by way of composition, with the intent that the thief shall escape punishment."
5432  
5433  Thegn (n.) Thane. See Thane.
5434  
5435  Thegnhood (n.) Thanehood.
5436  
5437  Theiform (a.) Having the form of tea.
5438  
5439  Theine (n.) See Caffeine. Called also theina.
5440  
5441  "Their (pron. & a.) The possessive case of the personal pronoun they; as, their houses; their country."
5442  
5443  "Theism (n.) The belief or acknowledgment of the existence of a God, as opposed to atheism, pantheism, or polytheism."
5444  
5445  "Theist (n.) One who believes in the existence of a God; especially, one who believes in a personal God; -- opposed to atheist."
5446  
5447  Theistic (a.) Alt. of Theistical
5448  
5449  "Theistical (a.) Of or pertaining to theism, or a theist; according to the doctrine of theists."
5450  
5451  Thelphusian (n.) One of a tribe of fresh-water crabs which live in or on the banks of rivers in tropical countries.
5452  
5453  Thelytokous (a.) Producing females only; -- said of certain female insects.
5454  
5455  Them (pron.) The objective case of they. See They.
5456  
5457  "Thematic (a.) Of or pertaining to the theme of a word. See Theme, n., 4."
5458  
5459  "Thematic (n.) Of or pertaining to a theme, or subject."
5460  
5461  Theme (n.) A subject or topic on which a person writes or speaks; a proposition for discussion or argument; a text.
5462  
5463  Theme (n.) Discourse on a certain subject.
5464  
5465  Theme (n.) A composition or essay required of a pupil.
5466  
5467  "Theme (n.) A noun or verb, not modified by inflections; also, that part of a noun or verb which remains unchanged (except by euphonic variations) in declension or conjugation; stem."
5468  
5469  Theme (n.) That by means of which a thing is done; means; instrument.
5470  
5471  Theme (n.) The leading subject of a composition or a movement.
5472  
5473  Themis (n.) The goddess of law and order; the patroness of existing rights.
5474  
5475  "Themselves (pron.) The plural of himself, herself, and itself. See Himself, Herself, Itself."
5476  
5477  "Then (adv.) At that time (referring to a time specified, either past or future)."
5478  
5479  "Then (adv.) Soon afterward, or immediately; next; afterward."
5480  
5481  Then (adv.) At another time; later; again.
5482  
5483  Then (conj.) Than.
5484  
5485  Then (conj.) In that case; in consequence; as a consequence; therefore; for this reason.
5486  
5487  Thenadays (adv.) At that time; then; in those days; -- correlative to nowadays.
5488  
5489  Thenal (a.) Alt. of Thenar
5490  
5491  Thenar (a.) Of or pertaining to the thenar; corresponding to thenar; palmar.
5492  
5493  Thenar (n.) The palm of the hand.
5494  
5495  Thenar (n.) The prominence of the palm above the base of the thumb; the thenar eminence; the ball of the thumb. Sometimes applied to the corresponding part of the foot.
5496  
5497  "Thenardite (n.) Anhydrous sodium sulphate, a mineral of a white or brown color and vitreous luster."
5498  
5499  Thence (adv.) From that place.
5500  
5501  Thence (adv.) From that time; thenceforth; thereafter.
5502  
5503  Thence (adv.) For that reason; therefore.
5504  
5505  Thence (adv.) Not there; elsewhere; absent.
5506  
5507  Thenceforth (adv.) From that time; thereafter.
5508  
5509  Thenceforward (adv.) From that time onward; thenceforth.
5510  
5511  Thencefrom (adv.) From that place.
5512  
5513  Theobroma (n.) A genus of small trees. See Cacao.
5514  
5515  "Theobromic (a.) Of, pertaining to, or designating, an acid extracted from cacao butter (from the Theobroma Cacao), peanut oil (from Arachis hypogaea), etc., as a white waxy crystalline substance."
5516  
5517  "Theobromine (n.) An alkaloidal ureide, C7H8N4O2, homologous with and resembling caffeine, produced artificially, and also extracted from cacao and chocolate (from Theobroma Cacao) as a bitter white crystalline substance; -- called also dimethyl xanthine."
5518  
5519  Theochristic (a.) Anointed by God.
5520  
5521  "Theocracy (n.) Government of a state by the immediate direction or administration of God; hence, the exercise of political authority by priests as representing the Deity."
5522  
5523  "Theocracy (n.) The state thus governed, as the Hebrew commonwealth before it became a kingdom."
5524  
5525  "Theocrasy (n.) A mixture of the worship of different gods, as of Jehovah and idols."
5526  
5527  "Theocrasy (n.) An intimate union of the soul with God in contemplation, -- an ideal of the Neoplatonists and of some Oriental mystics."
5528  
5529  Theocrat (n.) One who lives under a theocratic form of government; one who in civil affairs conforms to divine law.
5530  
5531  Theocratic (a.) Alt. of Theocratical
5532  
5533  "Theocratical (a.) Of or pertaining to a theocracy; administred by the immediate direction of God; as, the theocratical state of the Israelites."
5534  
5535  Theodicy (n.) A vindication of the justice of God in ordaining or permitting natural and moral evil.
5536  
5537  "Theodicy (n.) That department of philosophy which treats of the being, perfections, and government of God, and the immortality of the soul."
5538  
5539  "Theodolite (n.) An instrument used, especially in trigonometrical surveying, for the accurate measurement of horizontal angles, and also usually of vertical angles. It is variously constructed."
5540  
5541  "Theodolitic (a.) Of or pertaining to a theodolite; made by means of a theodolite; as, theodolitic observations."
5542  
5543  Theogonic (a.) Of or relating to theogony.
5544  
5545  Theogonism (n.) Theogony.
5546  
5547  Theogonist (n.) A writer on theogony.
5548  
5549  "Theogony (n.) The generation or genealogy of the gods; that branch of heathen theology which deals with the origin and descent of the deities; also, a poem treating of such genealogies; as, the Theogony of Hesiod."
5550  
5551  Theologaster (n.) A pretender or quack in theology.
5552  
5553  Theologer (n.) A theologian.
5554  
5555  Theologian (n.) A person well versed in theology; a professor of theology or divinity; a divine.
5556  
5557  Theologic (a.) Theological.
5558  
5559  "Theological (a.) Of or pertaining to theology, or the science of God and of divine things; as, a theological treatise."
5560  
5561  Theologics (n.) Theology.
5562  
5563  Theologist (n.) A theologian.
5564  
5565  Theologized (imp. & p. p.) of Theologize
5566  
5567  Theologizing (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Theologize
5568  
5569  Theologize (v. t.) To render theological; to apply to divinity; to reduce to a system of theology.
5570  
5571  Theologize (v. i.) To frame a system of theology; to theorize or speculate upon theological subjects.
5572  
5573  Theologizer (n.) One who theologizes; a theologian.
5574  
5575  Theologue (n.) A theologian.
5576  
5577  Theologue (n.) A student in a theological seminary.
5578  
5579  Theologies (pl. ) of Theology
5580  
5581  "Theology (n.) The science of God or of religion; the science which treats of the existence, character, and attributes of God, his laws and government, the doctrines we are to believe, and the duties we are to practice; divinity; (as more commonly understood) ""the knowledge derivable from the Scriptures, the systematic exhibition of revealed truth, the science of Christian faith and life."""
5582  
5583  Theomachist (n.) One who fights against the gods; one who resists God of the divine will.
5584  
5585  "Theomachy (n.) A fighting against the gods, as the battle of the gaints with the gods."
5586  
5587  Theomachy (n.) A battle or strife among the gods.
5588  
5589  Theomachy (n.) Opposition to God or the divine will.
5590  
5591  Theomancy (n.) A kind of divination drawn from the responses of oracles among heathen nations.
5592  
5593  Theopathetic (a.) Alt. of Theopathic
5594  
5595  Theopathic (a.) Of or pertaining to a theopathy.
5596  
5597  Theopathy (n.) Capacity for religious affections or worship.
5598  
5599  "Theophanic (a.) Of or pertaining to a theopany; appearing to man, as a god."
5600  
5601  -nies (pl. ) of Theophany
5602  
5603  "Theophany (n.) A manifestation of God to man by actual appearance, usually as an incarnation."
5604  
5605  Theophilanthropic (a.) Pertaining to theophilanthropy or the theophilanthropists.
5606  
5607  Theophilanthropism (n.) The doctrine of the theophilanthropists; theophilanthropy.
5608  
5609  Theophilanthropist (n.) A member of a deistical society established at Paris during the French revolution.
5610  
5611  Theophilanthropy (n.) Theophilanthropism.
5612  
5613  "Theophilosophic (a.) Combining theism and philosophy, or pertaining to the combination of theism and philosophy."
5614  
5615  Theopneusted (a.) Divinely inspired; theopneustic.
5616  
5617  Theopneustic (a.) Given by the inspiration of the Spirit of God.
5618  
5619  Theopneusty (n.) Divine inspiration; the supernatural influence of the Divine Spirit in qualifying men to receive and communicate revealed truth.
5620  
5621  Theorbist (n.) One who plays on a theorbo.
5622  
5623  "Theorbo (n.) An instrument made like large lute, but having two necks, with two sets of pegs, the lower set holding the strings governed by frets, while to the upper set were attached the long bass strings used as open notes."
5624  
5625  "Theorem (n.) That which is considered and established as a principle; hence, sometimes, a rule."
5626  
5627  Theorem (n.) A statement of a principle to be demonstrated.
5628  
5629  Theorem (v. t.) To formulate into a theorem.
5630  
5631  Theorematic (a.) Alt. of Theorematical
5632  
5633  Theorematical (a.) Of or pertaining to a theorem or theorems; comprised in a theorem; consisting of theorems.
5634  
5635  Theorematist (n.) One who constructs theorems.
5636  
5637  Theoremic (a.) Theorematic.
5638  
5639  Theoretic (a.) Alt. of Theoretical
5640  
5641  "Theoretical (a.) Pertaining to theory; depending on, or confined to, theory or speculation; speculative; terminating in theory or speculation: not practical; as, theoretical learning; theoretic sciences."
5642  
5643  Theoretics (n.) The speculative part of a science; speculation.
5644  
5645  Theoric (a.) Of or pertaining to the theorica.
5646  
5647  "Theoric (a.) Relating to, or skilled in, theory; theoretically skilled."
5648  
5649  Theoric (n.) Speculation; theory.
5650  
5651  "Theorica (n. pl.) Public moneys expended at Athens on festivals, sacrifices, and public entertainments (especially theatrical performances), and in gifts to the people; -- also called theoric fund."
5652  
5653  Theorical (a.) Theoretic.
5654  
5655  Theorically (adv.) In a theoretic manner.
5656  
5657  Theorist (n.) One who forms theories; one given to theory and speculation; a speculatist.
5658  
5659  Theorization (n.) The act or product of theorizing; the formation of a theory or theories; speculation.
5660  
5661  Theorized (imp. & p. p.) of Theorize
5662  
5663  Theorizing (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Theorize
5664  
5665  Theorize (v. i.) To form a theory or theories; to form opinions solely by theory; to speculate.
5666  
5667  Theorizer (n.) One who theorizes or speculates; a theorist.
5668  
5669  Theories (pl. ) of Theory
5670  
5671  "Theory (n.) A doctrine, or scheme of things, which terminates in speculation or contemplation, without a view to practice; hypothesis; speculation."
5672  
5673  "Theory (n.) An exposition of the general or abstract principles of any science; as, the theory of music."
5674  
5675  "Theory (n.) The science, as distinguished from the art; as, the theory and practice of medicine."
5676  
5677  "Theory (n.) The philosophical explanation of phenomena, either physical or moral; as, Lavoisier's theory of combustion; Adam Smith's theory of moral sentiments."
5678  
5679  Theosoph (n.) Alt. of Theosopher
5680  
5681  Theosopher (n.) A theosophist.
5682  
5683  Theosophic (a.) Alt. of Theosophical
5684  
5685  Theosophical (a.) Of or pertaining to theosophy.
5686  
5687  Theosophism (n.) Belief in theosophy.
5688  
5689  Theosophist (n.) One addicted to theosophy.
5690  
5691  Theosophistical (a.) Of or pertaining to theosophy; theosophical.
5692  
5693  Theosophized (imp. & p. p.) of Theosophize
5694  
5695  Theosophizing (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Theosophize
5696  
5697  Theosophize (v. i.) To practice theosophy.
5698  
5699  "Theosophy (n.) Any system of philosophy or mysticism which proposes to attain intercourse with God and superior spirits, and consequent superhuman knowledge, by physical processes, as by the theurgic operations of some ancient Platonists, or by the chemical processes of the German fire philosophers; also, a direct, as distinguished from a revealed, knowledge of God, supposed to be attained by extraordinary illumination; especially, a direct insight into the processes of the divine mind, and the interior relations of the divine nature."
5700  
5701  "Therapeutae (n. pl.) A name given to certain ascetics said to have anciently dwelt in the neighborhood of Alexandria. They are described in a work attributed to Philo, the genuineness and credibility of which are now much discredited."
5702  
5703  Therapeutic (a.) Alt. of Therapeutical
5704  
5705  Therapeutical (a.) Of or pertaining to the healing art; concerned in discovering and applying remedies for diseases; curative.
5706  
5707  Therapeutic (n.) One of the Therapeutae.
5708  
5709  Therapeutics (n.) That part of medical science which treats of the discovery and application of remedies for diseases.
5710  
5711  "Therapeutist (n.) One versed in therapeutics, or the discovery and application of remedies."
5712  
5713  Therapy (n.) Therapeutics.
5714  
5715  There (pron.) In or at that place.
5716  
5717  "There (pron.) In that matter, relation, etc.; at that point, stage, etc., regarded as a distinct place; as, he did not stop there, but continued his speech."
5718  
5719  There (pron.) To or into that place; thither.
5720  
5721  Thereabout (adv.) Alt. of Thereabouts
5722  
5723  Thereabouts (adv.) Near that place.
5724  
5725  "Thereabouts (adv.) Near that number, degree, or quantity; nearly; as, ten men, or thereabouts."
5726  
5727  Thereabouts (adv.) Concerning that; about that.
5728  
5729  Thereafter (adv.) After that; afterward.
5730  
5731  Thereafter (adv.) According to that; accordingly.
5732  
5733  Thereafter (adv.) Of that sort.
5734  
5735  Thereagain (adv.) In opposition; against one's course.
5736  
5737  There-anent (adv.) Concerning that.
5738  
5739  Thereat (adv.) At that place; there.
5740  
5741  Thereat (adv.) At that occurrence or event; on that account.
5742  
5743  Therebefore (adv.) Alt. of Therebiforn
5744  
5745  Therebiforn (adv.) Before that time; beforehand.
5746  
5747  Thereby (adv.) By that; by that means; in consequence of that.
5748  
5749  Thereby (adv.) Annexed to that.
5750  
5751  "Thereby (adv.) Thereabout; -- said of place, number, etc."
5752  
5753  "Therefor (adv.) For that, or this; for it."
5754  
5755  "Therefore (adv.) For that or this reason, referring to something previously stated; for that."
5756  
5757  Therefore (adv.) Consequently; by consequence.
5758  
5759  Therefrom (adv.) From this or that.
5760  
5761  "Therein (adv.) In that or this place, time, or thing; in that particular or respect."
5762  
5763  "Thereinto (adv.) Into that or this, or into that place."
5764  
5765  Thereof (adv.) Of that or this.
5766  
5767  Thereology (n.) Therapeutios.
5768  
5769  Thereon (adv.) On that or this.
5770  
5771  Thereout (adv.) Out of that or this.
5772  
5773  Thereout (adv.) On the outside; out of doors.
5774  
5775  Thereto (adv.) To that or this.
5776  
5777  Thereto (adv.) Besides; moreover.
5778  
5779  Theretofore (adv.) Up to that time; before then; -- correlative with heretofore.
5780  
5781  Thereunder (adv.) Under that or this.
5782  
5783  Thereunto (adv.) Unto that or this; thereto; besides.
5784  
5785  Thereupon (adv.) Upon that or this; thereon.
5786  
5787  "Thereupon (adv.) On account, or in consequence, of that; therefore."
5788  
5789  Thereupon (adv.) Immediately; at once; without delay.
5790  
5791  Therewhile (adv.) At that time; at the same time.
5792  
5793  Therewith (adv.) With that or this.
5794  
5795  Therewith (adv.) In addition; besides; moreover.
5796  
5797  Therewith (adv.) At the same time; forthwith.
5798  
5799  Therewithal (adv.) Over and above; besides; moreover.
5800  
5801  Therewithal (adv.) With that or this; therewith; at the same time.
5802  
5803  "Therf (a.) Not fermented; unleavened; -- said of bread, loaves, etc."
5804  
5805  Theriac (n.) Alt. of Theriaca
5806  
5807  "Theriaca (n.) An ancient composition esteemed efficacious against the effects of poison; especially, a certain compound of sixty-four drugs, prepared, pulverized, and reduced by means of honey to an electuary; -- called also theriaca Andromachi, and Venice treacle."
5808  
5809  Theriaca (n.) Treacle; molasses.
5810  
5811  Theriac (a.) Alt. of Theriacal
5812  
5813  Theriacal (a.) Of or pertaining to theriac; medicinal.
5814  
5815  Therial (a.) Theriac.
5816  
5817  Theriodont (n.) One of the Theriodontia. Used also adjectively.
5818  
5819  Theriodonta (n. pl.) Same as Theriodontia.
5820  
5821  Theriodontia (n. pl.) An extinct order of reptiles found in the Permian and Triassic formations in South Africa. In some respects they resembled carnivorous mammals. Called also Theromorpha.
5822  
5823  Theriotomy (n.) Zootomy.
5824  
5825  Thermae (n. pl.) Springs or baths of warm or hot water.
5826  
5827  "Thermal (a.) Of or pertaining to heat; warm; hot; as, the thermal unit; thermal waters."
5828  
5829  Thermally (adv.) In a thermal manner.
5830  
5831  "Thermetograph (n.) A self-registering thermometer, especially one that registers the maximum and minimum during long periods."
5832  
5833  "Thermic (a.) Of or pertaining to heat; due to heat; thermal; as, thermic lines."
5834  
5835  "Thermidor (n.) The eleventh month of the French republican calendar, -- commencing July 19, and ending August 17. See the Note under Vendemiaire."
5836  
5837  "Thermifugine (n.) An artificial alkaloid of complex composition, resembling thalline and used as an antipyretic, -- whence its name."
5838  
5839  "Thermo- () A combining form from Gr. qe`rmh heat, qermo`s hot, warm; as in thermochemistry, thermodynamic."
5840  
5841  Thermobarometer (n.) An instrument for determining altitudes by the boiling point of water.
5842  
5843  Thermobattery (n.) A thermoelectric battery; a thermopile.
5844  
5845  Thermocautery (n.) Cautery by the application of heat.
5846  
5847  Thermochemic (a.) Alt. of Thermochemical
5848  
5849  "Thermochemical (a.) Of or pertaining to thermochemistry; obtained by, or employed in, thermochemistry."
5850  
5851  "Thermochemistry (n.) That branch of chemical science which includes the investigation of the various relations existing between chemical action and that manifestation of force termed heat, or the determination of the heat evolved by, or employed in, chemical actions."
5852  
5853  "Thermochrosy (n.) The property possessed by heat of being composed, like light, of rays of different degrees of refrangibility, which are unequal in rate or degree of transmission through diathermic substances."
5854  
5855  "Thermocurrent (n.) A current, as of electricity, developed, or set in motion, by the action of heat."
5856  
5857  Thermodynamic (a.) Relating to thermodynamics; caused or operated by force due to the application of heat.
5858  
5859  Thermodynamics (n.) The science which treats of the mechanical action or relations of heat.
5860  
5861  "Thermoelectric (a.) Pertaining to thermoelectricity; as, thermoelectric currents."
5862  
5863  Thermoelectricity (n.) Electricity developed in the action of heat. See the Note under Electricity.
5864  
5865  "Thermoelectrometer (n.) An instrument for measuring the strength of an electric current in the heat which it produces, or for determining the heat developed by such a current."
5866  
5867  Thermogen (n.) Caloric; heat; regarded as a material but imponderable substance.
5868  
5869  "Thermogenic (a.) Relating to heat, or to the production of heat; producing heat; thermogenous; as, the thermogenic tissues."
5870  
5871  Thermogenous (a.) Producing heat; thermogenic.
5872  
5873  Thermograph (n.) An instrument for automatically recording indications of the variation of temperature.
5874  
5875  "Thermology (n.) A discourse on, or an account of, heat."
5876  
5877  Thermolysis (n.) The resolution of a compound into parts by heat; dissociation by heat.
5878  
5879  Thermolyze (v. t.) To subject to thermolysis; to dissociate by heat.
5880  
5881  Thermomagnetism (n.) Magnetism as affected or caused by the action of heat; the relation of heat to magnetism.
5882  
5883  "Thermometer (n.) An instrument for measuring temperature, founded on the principle that changes of temperature in bodies are accompained by proportional changes in their volumes or dimensions."
5884  
5885  Thermometric (a.) Alt. of Thermometrical
5886  
5887  "Thermometrical (a.) Of or pertaining to a thermometer; as, the thermometrical scale or tube."
5888  
5889  "Thermometrical (a.) Made, or ascertained, by means of a thermometer; as, thermometrical observations."
5890  
5891  Thermometrically (adv.) In a thermometrical manner; by means of a thermometer.
5892  
5893  "Thermometrograph (n.) An instrument for recording graphically the variations of temperature, or the indications of a thermometer."
5894  
5895  Thermometry (n.) The estimation of temperature by the use of a thermometric apparatus.
5896  
5897  Thermomultiplier (n.) Same as Thermopile.
5898  
5899  "Thermopile (n.) An instrument of extreme sensibility, used to determine slight differences and degrees of heat. It is composed of alternate bars of antimony and bismuth, or any two metals having different capacities for the conduction of heat, connected with an astatic galvanometer, which is very sensibly affected by the electric current induced in the system of bars when exposed even to the feeblest degrees of heat."
5900  
5901  "Thermoscope (n.) An instrument for indicating changes of temperature without indicating the degree of heat by which it is affected; especially, an instrument contrived by Count Rumford which, as modified by Professor Leslie, was afterward called the differential thermometer."
5902  
5903  "Thermoscopic (a.) Of or pertaining to the thermoscope; made by means of the thermoscope; as, thermoscopic observations."
5904  
5905  "Thermostat (n.) A self-acting apparatus for regulating temperature by the unequal expansion of different metals, liquids, or gases by heat, as in opening or closing the damper of a stove, or the like, as the heat becomes greater or less than is desired."
5906  
5907  Thermostatic (a.) Of or pertaining to the thermostat; made or effected by means of the thermostat.
5908  
5909  Thermosystaltic (a.) Influenced in its contraction by heat or cold; -- said of a muscle.
5910  
5911  "Thermotaxic (a.) Pertaining to, or connected with, the regulation of temperature in the animal body; as, the thermotaxic nervous system."
5912  
5913  "Thermotension (n.) A process of increasing the strength of wrought iron by heating it to a determinate temperature, and giving to it, while in that state, a mechanical strain or tension in the direction in which the strength is afterward to be exerted."
5914  
5915  Thermotic (a.) Alt. of Thermotical
5916  
5917  "Thermotical (a.) Of or pertaining to heat; produced by heat; as, thermotical phenomena."
5918  
5919  Thermotics (n.) The science of heat.
5920  
5921  Thermotropic (a.) Manifesting thermotropism.
5922  
5923  "Thermotropism (n.) The phenomenon of turning towards a source of warmth, seen in the growing parts of some plants."
5924  
5925  "Thermotype (n.) A picture (as of a slice of wood) obtained by first wetting the object slightly with hydrochloric or dilute sulphuric acid, then taking an impression with a press, and next strongly heating this impression."
5926  
5927  Thermotypy (n.) The art or process of obtaining thermotypes.
5928  
5929  "Thermovoltaic (a.) Of or relating to heat and electricity; especially, relating to thermal effects produced by voltaic action."
5930  
5931  Theromorpha (n. pl.) See Theriodonta.
5932  
5933  "Theropoda (n. pl.) An order of carnivorous dinosaurs in which the feet are less birdlike, and hence more like those of an ordinary quadruped, than in the Ornithopoda. It includes the rapacious genera Megalosaurus, Creosaurus, and their allies."
5934  
5935  Thesauri (pl. ) of Thesaurus
5936  
5937  "Thesaurus (n.) A treasury or storehouse; hence, a repository, especially of knowledge; -- often applied to a comprehensive work, like a dictionary or cyclopedia."
5938  
5939  These (pron.) The plural of this. See This.
5940  
5941  Thesicle (n.) A little or subordinate thesis; a proposition.
5942  
5943  Theses (pl. ) of Thesis
5944  
5945  "Thesis (n.) A position or proposition which a person advances and offers to maintain, or which is actually maintained by argument."
5946  
5947  "Thesis (n.) Hence, an essay or dissertation written upon specific or definite theme; especially, an essay presented by a candidate for a diploma or degree."
5948  
5949  "Thesis (n.) An affirmation, or distinction from a supposition or hypothesis."
5950  
5951  "Thesis (n.) The accented part of the measure, expressed by the downward beat; -- the opposite of arsis."
5952  
5953  Thesis (n.) The depression of the voice in pronouncing the syllables of a word.
5954  
5955  Thesis (n.) The part of the foot upon which such a depression falls.
5956  
5957  Thesmothete (n.) A lawgiver; a legislator; one of the six junior archons at Athens.
5958  
5959  "Thespian (a.) Of or pertaining to Thespis; hence, relating to the drama; dramatic; as, the Thespian art."
5960  
5961  Thespian (n.) An actor.
5962  
5963  Thessalian (a.) Of or pertaining to Thessaly in Greece.
5964  
5965  Thessalian (n.) A native or inhabitant of Thessaly.
5966  
5967  "Thessalonian (a.) Of or pertaining to Thessalonica, a city of Macedonia."
5968  
5969  Thessalonian (n.) A native or inhabitant of Thessalonica.
5970  
5971  "Theta (n.) A letter of the Greek alphabet corresponding to th in English; -- sometimes called the unlucky letter, from being used by the judges on their ballots in passing condemnation on a prisoner, it being the first letter of the Greek qa`natos, death."
5972  
5973  "Thetical (a.) Laid down; absolute or positive, as a law."
5974  
5975  Thetine (n.) Any one of a series of complex basic sulphur compounds analogous to the sulphines.
5976  
5977  Theurgic (a.) Alt. of Theurgical
5978  
5979  Theurgical (a.) Of or pertaining to theurgy; magical.
5980  
5981  "Theurgist (n.) One who pretends to, or is addicted to, theurgy."
5982  
5983  "Theurgy (n.) A divine work; a miracle; hence, magic; sorcery."
5984  
5985  "Theurgy (n.) A kind of magical science or art developed in Alexandria among the Neoplatonists, and supposed to enable man to influence the will of the gods by means of purification and other sacramental rites."
5986  
5987  "Theurgy (n.) In later or modern magic, that species of magic in which effects are claimed to be produced by supernatural agency, in distinction from natural magic."
5988  
5989  "Thew (n.) Manner; custom; habit; form of behavior; qualities of mind; disposition; specifically, good qualities; virtues."
5990  
5991  Thew (n.) Muscle or strength; nerve; brawn; sinew.
5992  
5993  "Thewed (a.) Furnished with thews or muscles; as, a well-thewed limb."
5994  
5995  Thewed (a.) Accustomed; mannered.
5996  
5997  Thewy (a.) Having strong or large thews or muscles; muscular; sinewy; strong.
5998  
5999  "They (obj.) The plural of he, she, or it. They is never used adjectively, but always as a pronoun proper, and sometimes refers to persons without an antecedent expressed."
6000  
6001  "Thialdine (n.) A weak nitrogenous sulphur base, C6H13NS2."
6002  
6003  "Thialol (n.) A colorless oily liquid, (C2H5)2S2, having a strong garlic odor; -- called also ethyl disulphide. By extension, any one of the series of related compounds."
6004  
6005  Thibetan (a.) Of or pertaining to Thibet.
6006  
6007  Thibetan (n.) A native or inhabitant of Thibet.
6008  
6009  Thibet cloth () A fabric made of coarse goat's hair; a kind of camlet.
6010  
6011  "Thibet cloth () A kind of fine woolen cloth, used for dresses, cloaks, etc."
6012  
6013  Thibetian (a. & n.) Same as Thibetan.
6014  
6015  Thible (n.) A slice; a skimmer; a spatula; a pudding stick.
6016  
6017  "Thick (superl.) Measuring in the third dimension other than length and breadth, or in general dimension other than length; -- said of a solid body; as, a timber seven inches thick."
6018  
6019  "Thick (superl.) Having more depth or extent from one surface to its opposite than usual; not thin or slender; as, a thick plank; thick cloth; thick paper; thick neck."
6020  
6021  "Thick (superl.) Dense; not thin; inspissated; as, thick vapors. Also used figuratively; as, thick darkness."
6022  
6023  "Thick (superl.) Not transparent or clear; hence, turbid, muddy, or misty; as, the water of a river is apt to be thick after a rain."
6024  
6025  "Thick (superl.) Abundant, close, or crowded in space; closely set; following in quick succession; frequently recurring."
6026  
6027  "Thick (superl.) Not having due distinction of syllables, or good articulation; indistinct; as, a thick utterance."
6028  
6029  "Thick (superl.) Deep; profound; as, thick sleep."
6030  
6031  "Thick (superl.) Dull; not quick; as, thick of fearing."
6032  
6033  Thick (superl.) Intimate; very friendly; familiar.
6034  
6035  "Thick (n.) The thickest part, or the time when anything is thickest."
6036  
6037  "Thick (n.) A thicket; as, gloomy thicks."
6038  
6039  Thick (adv.) Frequently; fast; quick.
6040  
6041  "Thick (adv.) Closely; as, a plat of ground thick sown."
6042  
6043  "Thick (adv.) To a great depth, or to a greater depth than usual; as, land covered thick with manure."
6044  
6045  Thick (v. t. & i.) To thicken.
6046  
6047  Thickbill (n.) The bullfinch.
6048  
6049  Thickened (imp. & p. p.) of Thicken
6050  
6051  Thickening (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Thicken
6052  
6053  Thicken (v. t.) To make thick (in any sense of the word).
6054  
6055  "Thicken (v. t.) To render dense; to inspissate; as, to thicken paint."
6056  
6057  "Thicken (v. t.) To make close; to fill up interstices in; as, to thicken cloth; to thicken ranks of trees or men."
6058  
6059  Thicken (v. t.) To strengthen; to confirm.
6060  
6061  "Thicken (v. t.) To make more frequent; as, to thicken blows."
6062  
6063  Thicken (v. i.) To become thick.
6064  
6065  Thickening (n.) Something put into a liquid or mass to make it thicker.
6066  
6067  "Thicket (a.) A wood or a collection of trees, shrubs, etc., closely set; as, a ram caught in a thicket."
6068  
6069  Thickhead (n.) A thick-headed or stupid person.
6070  
6071  Thickhead (n.) Any one of several species of Australian singing birds of the genus Pachycephala. The males of some of the species are bright-colored. Some of the species are popularly called thrushes.
6072  
6073  Thick-headed (a.) Having a thick skull; stupid.
6074  
6075  Thickish (a.) Somewhat thick.
6076  
6077  Thick-knee (n.) A stone curlew. See under Stone.
6078  
6079  Thickly (adv.) In a thick manner; deeply; closely.
6080  
6081  Thickness (n.) The quality or state of being thick (in any of the senses of the adjective).
6082  
6083  "Thickset (a.) Close planted; as, a thickset wood; a thickset hedge."
6084  
6085  "Thickset (a.) Having a short, thick body; stout."
6086  
6087  Thickset (n.) A close or thick hedge.
6088  
6089  "Thickset (n.) A stout, twilled cotton cloth; a fustian corduroy, or velveteen."
6090  
6091  "Thickskin (n.) A coarse, gross person; a person void of sensibility or sinsitiveness; a dullard."
6092  
6093  "Thick-skinned (a.) Having a thick skin; hence, not sensitive; dull; obtuse."
6094  
6095  "Thickskull (n.) A dullard, or dull person; a blockhead; a numskull."
6096  
6097  "Thick-skulled (a.) Having a thick skull; hence, dull; heavy; stupid; slow to learn."
6098  
6099  "Thick wind () A defect of respiration in a horse, that is unassociated with noise in breathing or with the signs of emphysema."
6100  
6101  Thick-winded (a.) Affected with thick wind.
6102  
6103  Thider (adv.) Thither.
6104  
6105  Thiderward (adv.) Thitherward.
6106  
6107  Thieves (pl. ) of Thief
6108  
6109  Thief (n.) One who steals; one who commits theft or larceny. See Theft.
6110  
6111  Thief (n.) A waster in the snuff of a candle.
6112  
6113  Thiefly (a. & adv.) Like a thief; thievish; thievishly.
6114  
6115  "Thienone (n.) A ketone derivative of thiophene obtained as a white crystalline substance, (C4H3S)2.CO, by the action of aluminium chloride and carbonyl chloride on thiophene."
6116  
6117  "Thienyl (n.) The hypothetical radical C4H3S, regarded as the essential residue of thiophene and certain of its derivatives."
6118  
6119  Thieved (imp. & p. p.) of Thieve
6120  
6121  Thieving (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Thieve
6122  
6123  Thieve (v. t. & i.) To practice theft; to steal.
6124  
6125  Thievery (n.) The practice of stealing; theft; thievishness.
6126  
6127  Thievery (n.) That which is stolen.
6128  
6129  "Thievish (a.) Given to stealing; addicted to theft; as, a thievish boy, a thievish magpie."
6130  
6131  Thievish (a.) Like a thief; acting by stealth; sly; secret.
6132  
6133  "Thievish (a.) Partaking of the nature of theft; accomplished by stealing; dishonest; as, a thievish practice."
6134  
6135  Thigh (n.) The proximal segment of the hind limb between the knee and the trunk. See Femur.
6136  
6137  "Thigh (n.) The coxa, or femur, of an insect."
6138  
6139  Thilk (pron.) That same; this; that.
6140  
6141  "Thill (n.) One of the two long pieces of wood, extending before a vehicle, between which a horse is hitched; a shaft."
6142  
6143  Thill (n.) The floor of a coal mine.
6144  
6145  "Thiller (n.) The horse which goes between the thills, or shafts, and supports them; also, the last horse in a team; -- called also thill horse."
6146  
6147  "Thimble (n.) A kind of cap or cover, or sometimes a broad ring, for the end of the finger, used in sewing to protect the finger when pushing the needle through the material. It is usually made of metal, and has upon the outer surface numerous small pits to catch the head of the needle."
6148  
6149  Thimble (n.) Any thimble-shaped appendage or fixure.
6150  
6151  "Thimble (n.) A tubular piece, generally a strut, through which a bolt or pin passes."
6152  
6153  "Thimble (n.) A fixed or movable ring, tube, or lining placed in a hole."
6154  
6155  Thimble (n.) A tubular cone for expanding a flue; -- called ferrule in England.
6156  
6157  "Thimble (n.) A ring of thin metal formed with a grooved circumference so as to fit within an eye-spice, or the like, and protect it from chafing."
6158  
6159  "Thimbleberry (n.) A kind of black raspberry (Rubus occidentalis), common in America."
6160  
6161  Thimbleeye (n.) The chub mackerel. See under Chub.
6162  
6163  Thimblefuls (pl. ) of Thimbleful
6164  
6165  Thimbleful (n.) As much as a thimble will hold; a very small quantity.
6166  
6167  "Thimblerig (n.) A sleight-of-hand trick played with three small cups, shaped like thimbles, and a small ball or little pea."
6168  
6169  Thimblerigged (imp. & p. p.) of Thimblerig
6170  
6171  Thimblerigging (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Thimblerig
6172  
6173  "Thimblerig (v. t.) To swindle by means of small cups or thimbles, and a pea or small ball placed under one of them and quickly shifted to another, the victim laying a wager that he knows under which cup it is; hence, to cheat by any trick."
6174  
6175  "Thimblerigger (n.) One who cheats by thimblerigging, or tricks of legerdemain."
6176  
6177  "Thimbleweed (n.) Any plant of the composite genus Rudbeckia, coarse herbs somewhat resembling the sunflower; -- so called from their conical receptacles."
6178  
6179  "Thin (superl.) Having little thickness or extent from one surface to its opposite; as, a thin plate of metal; thin paper; a thin board; a thin covering."
6180  
6181  "Thin (superl.) Rare; not dense or thick; -- applied to fluids or soft mixtures; as, thin blood; thin broth; thin air."
6182  
6183  "Thin (superl.) Not close; not crowded; not filling the space; not having the individuals of which the thing is composed in a close or compact state; hence, not abundant; as, the trees of a forest are thin; the corn or grass is thin."
6184  
6185  Thin (superl.) Not full or well grown; wanting in plumpness.
6186  
6187  "Thin (superl.) Not stout; slim; slender; lean; gaunt; as, a person becomes thin by disease."
6188  
6189  Thin (superl.) Wanting in body or volume; small; feeble; not full.
6190  
6191  "Thin (superl.) Slight; small; slender; flimsy; wanting substance or depth or force; superficial; inadequate; not sufficient for a covering; as, a thin disguise."
6192  
6193  "Thin (adv.) Not thickly or closely; in a seattered state; as, seed sown thin."
6194  
6195  Thinned (imp. & p. p.) of Thin
6196  
6197  Thinning (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Thin
6198  
6199  Thin (v. t.) To make thin (in any of the senses of the adjective).
6200  
6201  "Thin (v. i.) To grow or become thin; -- used with some adverbs, as out, away, etc.; as, geological strata thin out, i. e., gradually diminish in thickness until they disappear."
6202  
6203  "Thine (pron. & a.) A form of the possessive case of the pronoun thou, now superseded in common discourse by your, the possessive of you, but maintaining a place in solemn discourse, in poetry, and in the usual language of the Friends, or Quakers."
6204  
6205  "Thing (n.) Whatever exists, or is conceived to exist, as a separate entity, whether animate or inanimate; any separable or distinguishable object of thought."
6206  
6207  "Thing (n.) An inanimate object, in distinction from a living being; any lifeless material."
6208  
6209  Thing (n.) A transaction or occurrence; an event; a deed.
6210  
6211  Thing (n.) A portion or part; something.
6212  
6213  Thing (n.) A diminutive or slighted object; any object viewed as merely existing; -- often used in pity or contempt.
6214  
6215  "Thing (n.) Clothes; furniture; appurtenances; luggage; as, to pack or store one's things."
6216  
6217  Thing (n.) Whatever may be possessed or owned; a property; -- distinguished from person.
6218  
6219  "Thing (n.) In Scandinavian countries, a legislative or judicial assembly."
6220  
6221  Thought (imp. & p. p.) of Think
6222  
6223  Thinking (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Think
6224  
6225  "Think (v. t.) To seem or appear; -- used chiefly in the expressions methinketh or methinks, and methought."
6226  
6227  Think (v. t.) To employ any of the intellectual powers except that of simple perception through the senses; to exercise the higher intellectual faculties.
6228  
6229  "Think (v. t.) To call anything to mind; to remember; as, I would have sent the books, but I did not think of it."
6230  
6231  Think (v. t.) To reflect upon any subject; to muse; to meditate; to ponder; to consider; to deliberate.
6232  
6233  "Think (v. t.) To form an opinion by reasoning; to judge; to conclude; to believe; as, I think it will rain to-morrow."
6234  
6235  Think (v. t.) To purpose; to intend; to design; to mean.
6236  
6237  Think (v. t.) To presume; to venture.
6238  
6239  Think (v. t.) To conceive; to imagine.
6240  
6241  Think (v. t.) To plan or design; to plot; to compass.
6242  
6243  Think (v. t.) To believe; to consider; to esteem.
6244  
6245  Thinkable (a.) Capable of being thought or conceived; cogitable.
6246  
6247  "Thinker (n.) One who thinks; especially and chiefly, one who thinks in a particular manner; as, a close thinker; a deep thinker; a coherent thinker."
6248  
6249  "Thinking (a.) Having the faculty of thought; cogitative; capable of a regular train of ideas; as, man is a thinking being."
6250  
6251  Thinking (n.) The act of thinking; mode of thinking; imagination; cogitation; judgment.
6252  
6253  "Thinly (a.) In a thin manner; in a loose, scattered manner; scantily; not thickly; as, ground thinly planted with trees; a country thinly inhabited."
6254  
6255  "Thinner (n.) One who thins, or makes thinner."
6256  
6257  Thinness (n.) The quality or state of being thin (in any of the senses of the word).
6258  
6259  Thinnish (a.) Somewhat thin.
6260  
6261  "Thinolite (n.) A calcareous tufa, in part crystalline, occurring on a large scale as a shore deposit about the Quaternary lake basins of Nevada."
6262  
6263  "Thin-skinned (a.) Having a thin skin; hence, sensitive; irritable."
6264  
6265  Thio- () A combining form (also used adjectively) denoting the presence of sulphur. See Sulpho-.
6266  
6267  Thiocarbonate (n.) A sulphocarbonate.
6268  
6269  Thiocarbonic (a.) Same as Sulphocarbonic.
6270  
6271  Thiocyanate (n.) Same as Sulphocyanate.
6272  
6273  Thiocyanic (a.) Same as Sulphocyanic.
6274  
6275  "Thionaphthene (n.) A double benzene and thiophene nucleus, C8H6S, analogous to naphthalene, and like it the base of a large series of derivatives."
6276  
6277  "Thionic (a.) Of or pertaining to sulphur; containing or resembling sulphur; specifically, designating certain of the thio compounds; as, the thionic acids. Cf. Dithionic, Trithionic, Tetrathionic, etc."
6278  
6279  "Thionine (n.) An artificial red or violet dyestuff consisting of a complex sulphur derivative of certain aromatic diamines, and obtained as a dark crystalline powder; -- called also phenylene violet."
6280  
6281  "Thionol (n.) A red or violet dyestuff having a greenish metallic luster. It is produced artificially, by the chemical dehydration of thionine, as a brown amorphous powder."
6282  
6283  "Thionoline (n.) A beautiful fluorescent crystalline substance, intermediate in composition between thionol and thionine."
6284  
6285  "Thionyl (n.) The hypothetical radical SO, regarded as an essential constituent of certain sulphurous compounds; as, thionyl chloride."
6286  
6287  "Thiophene (n.) A sulphur hydrocarbon, C4H4S, analogous to furfuran and benzene, and acting as the base of a large number of substances which closely resemble the corresponding aromatic derivatives."
6288  
6289  "Thiophenic (a.) Of, pertaining to, or derived from, thiophene; specifically, designating a certain acid analogous to benzoic acid."
6290  
6291  "Thiophenol (n.) A colorless mobile liquid, C6H5.SH, of an offensive odor, and analogous to phenol; -- called also phenyl sulphydrate."
6292  
6293  "Thiophthene (n.) A double thiophene nucleus, C6H4S2, analogous to thionaphthene, and the base of a large series of compounds."
6294  
6295  Thiosulphate (n.) A salt of thiosulphuric acid; -- formerly called hyposulphite.
6296  
6297  "Thiosulphuric (a.) Of, pertaining to, or designating, an unstable acid, H2S2O3, analogous to sulphuric acid, and formerly called hyposulphurous acid."
6298  
6299  "Thiotolene (n.) A colorless oily liquid, C4H3S.CH3, analogous to, and resembling, toluene; -- called also methyl thiophene."
6300  
6301  "Thioxene (n.) Any one of three possible metameric substances, which are dimethyl derivatives of thiophene, like the xylenes from benzene."
6302  
6303  "Third (a.) Next after the second; coming after two others; -- the ordinal of three; as, the third hour in the day."
6304  
6305  "Third (a.) Constituting or being one of three equal parts into which anything is divided; as, the third part of a day."
6306  
6307  Third (n.) The quotient of a unit divided by three; one of three equal parts into which anything is divided.
6308  
6309  Third (n.) The sixtieth part of a second of time.
6310  
6311  Third (n.) The third tone of the scale; the mediant.
6312  
6313  "Third (n.) The third part of the estate of a deceased husband, which, by some local laws, the widow is entitled to enjoy during her life."
6314  
6315  Third-borough (n.) An under constable.
6316  
6317  "Thirdings (n. pl.) The third part of the corn or grain growing on the ground at the tenant's death, due to the lord for a heriot, as within the manor of Turfat in Herefordshire."
6318  
6319  Thirdly (adv.) In the third place.
6320  
6321  "Third-penny (n.) A third part of the profits of fines and penalties imposed at the country court, which was among the perquisites enjoyed by the earl."
6322  
6323  Thirled (imp. & p. p.) of Thirl
6324  
6325  Thirling (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Thirl
6326  
6327  Thirl (v. t.) To bore; to drill or thrill. See Thrill.
6328  
6329  "Thirlage (n.) The right which the owner of a mill possesses, by contract or law, to compel the tenants of a certain district, or of his sucken, to bring all their grain to his mill for grinding."
6330  
6331  "Thirst (n.) A sensation of dryness in the throat associated with a craving for liquids, produced by deprivation of drink, or by some other cause (as fear, excitement, etc.) which arrests the secretion of the pharyngeal mucous membrane; hence, the condition producing this sensation."
6332  
6333  "Thirst (n.) Fig.: A want and eager desire after anything; a craving or longing; -- usually with for, of, or after; as, the thirst for gold."
6334  
6335  Thirsted (imp. & p. p.) of Thirst
6336  
6337  Thirsting (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Thirst
6338  
6339  "Thirst (n.) To feel thirst; to experience a painful or uneasy sensation of the throat or fauces, as for want of drink."
6340  
6341  Thirst (n.) To have a vehement desire.
6342  
6343  Thirst (v. t.) To have a thirst for.
6344  
6345  Thirster (n.) One who thirsts.
6346  
6347  Thirstily (adv.) In a thirsty manner.
6348  
6349  Thirstiness (n.) The state of being thirsty; thirst.
6350  
6351  Thirstle (n.) The throstle.
6352  
6353  "Thirsty (n.) Feeling thirst; having a painful or distressing sensation from want of drink; hence, having an eager desire."
6354  
6355  Thirsty (n.) Deficient in moisture; dry; parched.
6356  
6357  "Thirteen (a.) One more than twelve; ten and three; as, thirteen ounces or pounds."
6358  
6359  Thirteen (n.) The number greater by one than twelve; the sum of ten and three; thirteen units or objects.
6360  
6361  "Thirteen (n.) A symbol representing thirteen units, as 13 or xiii."
6362  
6363  "Thirteenth (a.) Next in order after the twelfth; the third after the tenth; -- the ordinal of thirteen; as, the thirteenth day of the month."
6364  
6365  Thirteenth (a.) Constituting or being one of thirteen equal parts into which anything is divided.
6366  
6367  Thirteenth (n.) The quotient of a unit divided by thirteen; one of thirteen equal parts into which anything is divided.
6368  
6369  Thirteenth (n.) The next in order after the twelfth.
6370  
6371  Thirteenth (n.) The interval comprising an octave and a sixth.
6372  
6373  "Thirtieth (a.) Next in order after the twenty-ninth; the tenth after the twentieth; -- the ordinal of thirty; as, the thirtieth day of the month."
6374  
6375  Thirtieth (a.) Constituting or being one of thirty equal parts into which anything is divided.
6376  
6377  Thirtieth (n.) The quotient of a unit divided by thirty; one of thirty equal parts.
6378  
6379  "Thirty (a.) Being three times ten; consisting of one more than twenty-nine; twenty and ten; as, the month of June consists of thirty days."
6380  
6381  Thirties (pl. ) of Thirty
6382  
6383  "Thirty (n.) The sum of three tens, or twenty and ten; thirty units or objects."
6384  
6385  "Thirty (n.) A symbol expressing thirty, as 30, or XXX."
6386  
6387  Thirty-second (a.) Being one of thirty-two equal parts into which anything is divided.
6388  
6389  These (pl. ) of This
6390  
6391  "This (pron. & a.) As a demonstrative pronoun, this denotes something that is present or near in place or time, or something just mentioned, or that is just about to be mentioned."
6392  
6393  "This (pron. & a.) As an adjective, this has the same demonstrative force as the pronoun, but is followed by a noun; as, this book; this way to town."
6394  
6395  "Thistle (n.) Any one of several prickly composite plants, especially those of the genera Cnicus, Craduus, and Onopordon. The name is often also applied to other prickly plants."
6396  
6397  "Thistly (a.) Overgrown with thistles; as, thistly ground."
6398  
6399  Thistly (a.) Fig.: Resembling a thistle or thistles; sharp; pricking.
6400  
6401  Thither (adv.) To that place; -- opposed to hither.
6402  
6403  "Thither (adv.) To that point, end, or result; as, the argument tended thither."
6404  
6405  "Thither (a.) Being on the farther side from the person speaking; farther; -- a correlative of hither; as, on the thither side of the water."
6406  
6407  "Thither (a.) Applied to time: On the thither side of, older than; of more years than. See Hither, a."
6408  
6409  Thitherto (adv.) To that point; so far.
6410  
6411  Thitherward (adv.) To ward that place; in that direction.
6412  
6413  Thitsee (n.) The varnish tree of Burmah (Melanorrhoea usitatissima).
6414  
6415  Thitsee (n.) A black varnish obtained from the tree.
6416  
6417  "Thlipsis (n.) Compression, especially constriction of vessels by an external cause."
6418  
6419  Tho (def. art.) The.
6420  
6421  Tho (pron. pl.) Those.
6422  
6423  Tho (adv.) Then.
6424  
6425  Tho (conj.) Though.
6426  
6427  "Thole (n.) A wooden or metal pin, set in the gunwale of a boat, to serve as a fulcrum for the oar in rowing."
6428  
6429  "Thole (n.) The pin, or handle, of a scythe snath."
6430  
6431  Tholed (imp. & p. p.) of Thole
6432  
6433  Tholing (p. pr. & vb. n.) of Thole
6434  
6435  Thole (v. t.) To bear; to endure; to undergo.
6436  
6437  Thole (v. i.) To wait.
6438  
6439  Thomaean (n.) Alt. of Thomean
6440  
6441  "Thomean (n.) A member of the ancient church of Christians established on the Malabar coast of India, which some suppose to have been originally founded by the Apostle Thomas."
6442  
6443  Thomism (n.) Alt. of Thomaism
6444  
6445  "Thomaism (n.) The doctrine of Thomas Aquinas, esp. with respect to predestination and grace."
6446  
6447  Thomist (n.) A follower of Thomas Aquinas. See Scotist.
6448  
6449  Thomite (n.) A Thomaean.
6450  
6451  "Thomsenolite (n.) A fluoride of aluminium, calcium, and sodium occurring with the cryolite of Greenland."
6452  
6453  "Thomsen's disease () An affection apparently congenital, consisting in tonic contraction and stiffness of the voluntary muscles occurring after a period of muscular inaction."
6454  
6455  Thomsonian (a.) Of or pertaining to Thomsonianism.
6456  
6457  Thomsonian (n.) A believer in Thomsonianism; one who practices Thomsonianism.
6458  
6459  "Thomsonianism (n.) An empirical system which assumes that the human body is composed of four elements, earth, air, fire, and water, and that vegetable medicines alone should be used; -- from the founder, Dr. Samuel Thomson, of Massachusetts."
6460  
6461  "Thomsonite (n.) A zeolitic mineral, occurring generally in masses of a radiated structure. It is a hydrous silicate of aluminia, lime, and soda. Called also mesole, and comptonite."
6462  
6463  "Thong (n.) A strap of leather; especially, one used for fastening anything."
6464  
6465  "Thooid (a.) Of or pertaining to a group of carnivores, including the wovels and the dogs."
6466  
6467  "Thor (n.) The god of thunder, and son of Odin."
6468  
6469  Thoracentesis (n.) The operation of puncturing the chest wall so as to let out liquids contained in the cavity of the chest.
6470  
6471  "Thoracic (a.) Of or pertaining to the thorax, or chest."
6472  
6473  Thoracic (n.) One of a group of fishes having the ventral fins placed beneath the thorax or beneath the pectorial fins.
6474  
6475  "Thoracica (n. pl.) A division of cirripeds including those which have six thoracic segments, usually bearing six pairs of cirri. The common barnacles are examples."
6476  
6477  Thoracometer (n.) Same as Stethometer.
6478  
6479  "Thoracoplasty (n.) A remodeling or reshaping of the thorax; especially, the operation of removing the ribs, so as to obliterate the pleural cavity in cases of empyema."
6480  
6481  "Thoracostraca (a.) An extensive division of Crustacea, having a dorsal shield or carapec/ //niting all, or nearly all, of the thoracic somites to the head. It includes the crabs, lobsters, shrimps, and similar species."
6482  
6483  Thoracotomy (n.) The operation of opening the pleural cavity by incision.
6484  
6485  Thoral (a.) Of or pertaining to a bed.
6486  
6487  "Thorax (n.) The part of the trunk between the neck and the abdomen, containing that part of the body cavity the walls of which are supported by the dorsal vertebrae, the ribs, and the sternum, and which the heart and lungs are situated; the chest."
6488  
6489  "Thorax (n.) The middle region of the body of an insect, or that region which bears the legs and wings. It is composed of three united somites, each of which is composed of several distinct parts. See Illust. in Appendix. and Illust. of Coleoptera."
6490  
6491  "Thorax (n.) The second, or middle, region of the body of a crustacean, arachnid, or other articulate animal. In the case of decapod Crustacea, some writers include under the term thorax only the three segments bearing the maxillipeds; others include also the five segments bearing the legs. See Illust. in Appendix."
6492  
6493  "Thorax (n.) A breastplate, cuirass, or corselet; especially, the breastplate worn by the ancient Greeks."
6494  
6495  "Thoria (n.) A rare white earthy substance, consisting of the oxide of thorium; -- formerly called also thorina."
6496  
6497  Thoric (a.) Of or pertaining to thorium; designating the compounds of thorium.
6498  
6499  "Thorite (n.) A mineral of a brown to black color, or, as in the variety orangite, orange-yellow. It is essentially a silicate of thorium."
6500  
6501  "Thorium (n.) A metallic element found in certain rare minerals, as thorite, pyrochlore, monazite, etc., and isolated as an infusible gray metallic powder which burns in the air and forms thoria; -- formerly called also thorinum. Symbol Th. Atomic weight 232.0."
6502  
6503  "Thorn (n.) A hard and sharp-pointed projection from a woody stem; usually, a branch so transformed; a spine."
6504  
6505  "Thorn (n.) Any shrub or small tree which bears thorns; especially, any species of the genus Crataegus, as the hawthorn, whitethorn, cockspur thorn."
6506  
6507  Thorn (n.) Fig.: That which pricks or annoys as a thorn; anything troublesome; trouble; care.
6508  
6509  "Thorn (n.) The name of the Anglo-Saxon letter /, capital form /. It was used to represent both of the sounds of English th, as in thin, then. So called because it was the initial letter of thorn, a spine."
6510  
6511  "Thorn (v. t.) To prick, as with a thorn."
6512  
6513  Thornback (n.) A European skate (Raia clavata) having thornlike spines on its back.
6514  
6515  Thornback (n.) The large European spider crab or king crab (Maia squinado).
6516  
6517  "Thornbill (n.) Any one of several species of small, brilliantly colored American birds of the genus Rhamphomicron. They have a long, slender, sharp bill, and feed upon honey, insects, and the juice of the sugar cane."
6518  
6519  Thornbird (n.) A small South American bird (Anumbius anumbii) allied to the ovenbirds of the genus Furnarius). It builds a very large and complex nest of twigs and thorns in a bush or tree.
6520  
6521  Thornbut (n.) The turbot.
6522  
6523  Thorn-headed (a.) Having a head armed with thorns or spines.
6524  
6525  "Thornless (a.) Destitute of, or free from, thorns."
6526  
6527  Thornset (a.) Set with thorns.
6528  
6529  "Thorntail (n.) A beautiful South American humming bird (Gouldia Popelairii), having the six outer tail feathers long, slender, and pointed. The head is ornamented with a long, pointed crest."
6530  
6531  "Thorny (superl.) Full of thorns or spines; rough with thorns; spiny; as, a thorny wood; a thorny tree; a thorny crown."
6532  
6533  "Thorny (superl.) Like a thorn or thorns; hence, figuratively, troublesome; vexatious; harassing; perplexing."
6534  
6535  Thoro (a.) Thorough.
6536  
6537  Thorough (prep.) Through.
6538  
6539  "Thorough (a.) Passing through; as, thorough lights in a house."
6540  
6541  "Thorough (a.) Passing through or to the end; hence, complete; perfect; as, a thorough reformation; thorough work; a thorough translator; a thorough poet."
6542  
6543  Thorough (adv.) Thoroughly.
6544  
6545  Thorough (adv.) Through.
6546  
6547  "Thorough (n.) A furrow between two ridges, to drain off the surface water."
6548  
6549  Thorough bass () The representation of chords by figures placed under the base; figured bass; basso continuo; -- sometimes used as synonymous with harmony.
6550  
6551  "Thorough-brace (n.) A leather strap supporting the body of a carriage, and attached to springs, or serving as a spring. See Illust. of Chaise."
6552  
6553  "Thoroughbred (a.) Bred from the best blood through a long line; pure-blooded; -- said of stock, as horses. Hence, having the characteristics of such breedin